1 //===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // These classes wrap the information about a call or function 11 // definition used to handle ABI compliancy. 12 // 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "TargetInfo.h" 16 #include "ABIInfo.h" 17 #include "CGCXXABI.h" 18 #include "CGValue.h" 19 #include "CodeGenFunction.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 21 #include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h" 22 #include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h" 23 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 24 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" 25 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h" 26 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 27 28 #include <algorithm> // std::sort 29 30 using namespace clang; 31 using namespace CodeGen; 32 33 static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder, 34 llvm::Value *Array, 35 llvm::Value *Value, 36 unsigned FirstIndex, 37 unsigned LastIndex) { 38 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source. 39 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) { 40 llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I); 41 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell); 42 } 43 } 44 45 static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) { 46 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) || 47 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 48 } 49 50 ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {} 51 52 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT, 53 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 54 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 55 if (!RD) 56 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 57 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD); 58 } 59 60 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T, 61 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 62 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 63 if (!RT) 64 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 65 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI); 66 } 67 68 CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const { 69 return CGT.getCXXABI(); 70 } 71 72 ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const { 73 return CGT.getContext(); 74 } 75 76 llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const { 77 return CGT.getLLVMContext(); 78 } 79 80 const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const { 81 return CGT.getDataLayout(); 82 } 83 84 const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const { 85 return CGT.getTarget(); 86 } 87 88 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { 89 return false; 90 } 91 92 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base, 93 uint64_t Members) const { 94 return false; 95 } 96 97 void ABIArgInfo::dump() const { 98 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); 99 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind="; 100 switch (TheKind) { 101 case Direct: 102 OS << "Direct Type="; 103 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType()) 104 Ty->print(OS); 105 else 106 OS << "null"; 107 break; 108 case Extend: 109 OS << "Extend"; 110 break; 111 case Ignore: 112 OS << "Ignore"; 113 break; 114 case InAlloca: 115 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex(); 116 break; 117 case Indirect: 118 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign() 119 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal() 120 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign(); 121 break; 122 case Expand: 123 OS << "Expand"; 124 break; 125 } 126 OS << ")\n"; 127 } 128 129 TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; } 130 131 // If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great. 132 // It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though. 133 unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const { 134 // Verified for: 135 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 136 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 137 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin 138 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI) 139 // AArch64 Linux 140 return 32; 141 } 142 143 bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 144 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const { 145 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false: 146 // x86_stdcall 147 // MIPS 148 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out. 149 return false; 150 } 151 152 void 153 TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 154 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const { 155 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a 156 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or 157 // dynamic. 158 Opt = "-l"; 159 Opt += Lib; 160 } 161 162 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays); 163 164 /// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it 165 /// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s). 166 static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD, 167 bool AllowArrays) { 168 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield()) 169 return true; 170 171 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 172 173 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off. 174 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty. 175 if (AllowArrays) 176 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 177 if (AT->getSize() == 0) 178 return true; 179 FT = AT->getElementType(); 180 } 181 182 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>(); 183 if (!RT) 184 return false; 185 186 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI. 187 // 188 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the 189 // current ABI. 190 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) 191 return false; 192 193 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays); 194 } 195 196 /// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty 197 /// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not 198 /// considered empty. 199 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) { 200 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 201 if (!RT) 202 return 0; 203 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 204 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 205 return false; 206 207 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 208 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 209 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 210 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 211 return false; 212 213 for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) 214 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays)) 215 return false; 216 return true; 217 } 218 219 /// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single 220 /// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or 221 /// exactly one field which is itself a single element 222 /// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never 223 /// considered single element structs. 224 /// 225 /// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if 226 /// it exists. 227 static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) { 228 const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType(); 229 if (!RT) 230 return nullptr; 231 232 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 233 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 234 return nullptr; 235 236 const Type *Found = nullptr; 237 238 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 239 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 240 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 241 // Ignore empty records. 242 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 243 continue; 244 245 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct. 246 if (Found) 247 return nullptr; 248 249 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite 250 // cannot be a single element struct. 251 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context); 252 if (!Found) 253 return nullptr; 254 } 255 } 256 257 // Check for single element. 258 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 259 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 260 261 // Ignore empty fields. 262 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 263 continue; 264 265 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element 266 // struct. 267 if (Found) 268 return nullptr; 269 270 // Treat single element arrays as the element. 271 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 272 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1) 273 break; 274 FT = AT->getElementType(); 275 } 276 277 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) { 278 Found = FT.getTypePtr(); 279 } else { 280 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context); 281 if (!Found) 282 return nullptr; 283 } 284 } 285 286 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has 287 // padding beyond the element type. 288 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T)) 289 return nullptr; 290 291 return Found; 292 } 293 294 static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 295 // Treat complex types as the element type. 296 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 297 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 298 299 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing 300 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32 301 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.) 302 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() && 303 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 304 return false; 305 306 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 307 return Size == 32 || Size == 64; 308 } 309 310 /// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be 311 /// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was 312 /// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid 313 /// inhibiting optimizations. 314 /// 315 // FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows 316 // llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We 317 // should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend 318 // capable of handling it. 319 static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 320 // We can only expand structure types. 321 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 322 if (!RT) 323 return false; 324 325 // We can only expand (C) structures. 326 // 327 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well. 328 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 329 if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 330 return false; 331 332 uint64_t Size = 0; 333 334 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 335 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context)) 336 return false; 337 338 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know 339 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still 340 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously. 341 if (FD->isBitField()) 342 return false; 343 344 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType()); 345 } 346 347 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct. 348 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty)) 349 return false; 350 351 return true; 352 } 353 354 namespace { 355 /// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific 356 /// details. This implementation provides information which results in 357 /// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not 358 /// conform to any particular ABI. 359 class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 360 public: 361 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 362 363 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 364 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 365 366 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 367 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 368 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 369 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 370 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 371 } 372 373 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 374 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 375 }; 376 377 class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 378 public: 379 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 380 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 381 }; 382 383 llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 384 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 385 return nullptr; 386 } 387 388 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 389 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 390 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 391 392 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 393 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 394 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 395 396 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 397 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 398 } 399 400 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 401 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 402 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 403 404 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 405 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 406 407 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 408 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 409 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 410 411 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 412 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 413 } 414 415 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 416 // le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation 417 // 418 // This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values 419 // are always passed on the stack. 420 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 421 422 class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 423 public: 424 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 425 426 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 427 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 428 429 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 430 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 431 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 432 }; 433 434 class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 435 public: 436 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 437 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {} 438 }; 439 440 void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 441 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 442 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 443 444 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 445 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 446 } 447 448 llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 449 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 450 return nullptr; 451 } 452 453 /// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty. 454 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 455 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 456 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 457 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 458 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 459 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 460 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 461 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 462 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) { 463 // Floating-point types don't go inreg. 464 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 465 } 466 467 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 468 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 469 } 470 471 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 472 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 473 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 474 475 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack. 476 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 477 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 478 479 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 480 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 481 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 482 483 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 484 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 485 } 486 487 /// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type. 488 bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) { 489 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>. 490 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 && 491 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() && 492 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64; 493 } 494 495 static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 496 StringRef Constraint, 497 llvm::Type* Ty) { 498 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) { 499 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) { 500 // Invalid MMX constraint 501 return nullptr; 502 } 503 504 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 505 } 506 507 // No operation needed 508 return Ty; 509 } 510 511 /// Returns true if this type can be passed in SSE registers with the 512 /// X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64. 513 static bool isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 514 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 515 if (BT->isFloatingPoint() && BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Half) 516 return true; 517 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 518 // vectorcall can pass XMM, YMM, and ZMM vectors. We don't pass SSE1 MMX 519 // registers specially. 520 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT); 521 if (VecSize == 128 || VecSize == 256 || VecSize == 512) 522 return true; 523 } 524 return false; 525 } 526 527 /// Returns true if this aggregate is small enough to be passed in SSE registers 528 /// in the X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64. 529 static bool isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(uint64_t NumMembers) { 530 return NumMembers <= 4; 531 } 532 533 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 534 // X86-32 ABI Implementation 535 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 536 537 /// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang. 538 struct CCState { 539 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0), FreeSSERegs(0) {} 540 541 unsigned CC; 542 unsigned FreeRegs; 543 unsigned FreeSSERegs; 544 }; 545 546 /// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information. 547 class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 548 enum Class { 549 Integer, 550 Float 551 }; 552 553 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4; 554 555 bool IsDarwinVectorABI; 556 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI; 557 bool IsWin32StructABI; 558 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 559 560 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) { 561 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64); 562 } 563 564 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override { 565 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. 566 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty); 567 } 568 569 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 570 uint64_t NumMembers) const override { 571 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. 572 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers); 573 } 574 575 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const; 576 577 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 578 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 579 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const; 580 581 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const; 582 583 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack. 584 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const; 585 586 Class classify(QualType Ty) const; 587 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 588 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 589 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const; 590 591 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use 592 /// inalloca. 593 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const; 594 595 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 596 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info, 597 QualType Type) const; 598 599 public: 600 601 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 602 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 603 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 604 605 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w, 606 unsigned r) 607 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p), 608 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {} 609 }; 610 611 class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 612 public: 613 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 614 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r) 615 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {} 616 617 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI( 618 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts); 619 620 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 621 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; 622 623 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 624 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH. 625 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5; 626 return 4; 627 } 628 629 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 630 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 631 632 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 633 StringRef Constraint, 634 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 635 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 636 } 637 638 void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue, 639 std::string &Constraints, 640 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes, 641 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes, 642 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, 643 std::string &AsmString, 644 unsigned NumOutputs) const override; 645 646 llvm::Constant * 647 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 648 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 649 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08 650 ('F' << 16) | 651 ('T' << 24); 652 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 653 } 654 655 }; 656 657 } 658 659 /// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints. 660 /// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output, 661 /// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1: 662 /// mov $0, $1 663 /// mov eax, $1 664 /// The result will be: 665 /// mov $0, $2 666 /// mov eax, $2 667 static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn, 668 unsigned NumNewOuts, 669 std::string &AsmString) { 670 std::string Buf; 671 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf); 672 size_t Pos = 0; 673 while (Pos < AsmString.size()) { 674 size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos); 675 if (DollarStart == std::string::npos) 676 DollarStart = AsmString.size(); 677 size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart); 678 if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos) 679 DollarEnd = AsmString.size(); 680 OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos); 681 Pos = DollarEnd; 682 size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart; 683 if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) { 684 // We have an operand reference. 685 size_t DigitStart = Pos; 686 size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart); 687 if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos) 688 DigitEnd = AsmString.size(); 689 StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart); 690 unsigned OperandIndex; 691 if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) { 692 if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn) 693 OperandIndex += NumNewOuts; 694 OS << OperandIndex; 695 } else { 696 OS << OperandStr; 697 } 698 Pos = DigitEnd; 699 } 700 } 701 AsmString = std::move(OS.str()); 702 } 703 704 /// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers. 705 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs( 706 CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints, 707 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes, 708 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes, 709 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString, 710 unsigned NumOutputs) const { 711 uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType()); 712 713 // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is 714 // larger. 715 if (!Constraints.empty()) 716 Constraints += ','; 717 if (RetWidth <= 32) { 718 Constraints += "={eax}"; 719 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty); 720 } else { 721 // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX. 722 Constraints += "=A"; 723 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty); 724 } 725 726 // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size. 727 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth); 728 ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy); 729 730 // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer. 731 ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(), 732 CoerceTy->getPointerTo())); 733 ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot); 734 735 rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString); 736 } 737 738 /// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be 739 /// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI). 740 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, 741 ASTContext &Context) const { 742 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 743 744 // Type must be register sized. 745 if (!isRegisterSize(Size)) 746 return false; 747 748 if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 749 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in 750 // registers. 751 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128) 752 return false; 753 754 return true; 755 } 756 757 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or 758 // member function pointer it is ok. 759 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() || 760 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() || 761 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) 762 return true; 763 764 // Arrays are treated like records. 765 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) 766 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context); 767 768 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 769 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 770 if (!RT) return false; 771 772 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too. 773 774 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be 775 // passed in a register. 776 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) { 777 // Empty fields are ignored. 778 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 779 continue; 780 781 // Check fields recursively. 782 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context)) 783 return false; 784 } 785 return true; 786 } 787 788 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const { 789 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 790 // integer register. 791 if (State.FreeRegs) { 792 --State.FreeRegs; 793 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false); 794 } 795 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false); 796 } 797 798 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const { 799 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 800 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 801 802 const Type *Base = nullptr; 803 uint64_t NumElts = 0; 804 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall && 805 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, NumElts)) { 806 // The LLVM struct type for such an aggregate should lower properly. 807 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 808 } 809 810 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { 811 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers. 812 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 813 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 814 815 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in 816 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM 817 // backend will like. 818 if (Size == 128) 819 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get( 820 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2)); 821 822 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose 823 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element. 824 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 825 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 826 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 827 Size)); 828 829 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 830 } 831 832 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 833 } 834 835 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 836 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 837 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 838 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 839 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 840 } 841 842 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect. 843 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 844 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 845 846 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned 847 // in a register. 848 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) { 849 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 850 851 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and 852 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a 853 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.) 854 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the 855 // quality of the generated IR. 856 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext())) 857 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType()) 858 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) 859 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0))); 860 861 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead 862 // padding. 863 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size)); 864 } 865 866 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 867 } 868 869 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 870 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 871 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 872 873 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 874 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 875 } 876 877 static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 878 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 879 } 880 881 static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 882 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 883 if (!RT) 884 return 0; 885 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 886 887 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 888 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 889 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 890 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType())) 891 return false; 892 893 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) { 894 QualType FT = i->getType(); 895 896 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 897 return true; 898 899 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 900 return true; 901 } 902 903 return false; 904 } 905 906 unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, 907 unsigned Align) const { 908 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI 909 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this. 910 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes) 911 return 0; // Use default alignment. 912 913 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4. 914 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) { 915 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top. 916 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 917 } 918 919 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16. 920 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) || 921 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty))) 922 return 16; 923 924 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 925 } 926 927 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, 928 CCState &State) const { 929 if (!ByVal) { 930 if (State.FreeRegs) { 931 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer. 932 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false); 933 } 934 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false); 935 } 936 937 // Compute the byval alignment. 938 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 939 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign); 940 if (StackAlign == 0) 941 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true); 942 943 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the 944 // argument. 945 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign; 946 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign); 947 } 948 949 X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const { 950 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 951 if (!T) 952 T = Ty.getTypePtr(); 953 954 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 955 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind(); 956 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double) 957 return Float; 958 } 959 return Integer; 960 } 961 962 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, 963 bool &NeedsPadding) const { 964 NeedsPadding = false; 965 Class C = classify(Ty); 966 if (C == Float) 967 return false; 968 969 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 970 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32; 971 972 if (SizeInRegs == 0) 973 return false; 974 975 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) { 976 State.FreeRegs = 0; 977 return false; 978 } 979 980 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs; 981 982 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall || 983 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) { 984 if (Size > 32) 985 return false; 986 987 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 988 return true; 989 990 if (Ty->isPointerType()) 991 return true; 992 993 if (Ty->isReferenceType()) 994 return true; 995 996 if (State.FreeRegs) 997 NeedsPadding = true; 998 999 return false; 1000 } 1001 1002 return true; 1003 } 1004 1005 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 1006 CCState &State) const { 1007 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments. 1008 1009 // Check with the C++ ABI first. 1010 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 1011 if (RT) { 1012 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()); 1013 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) { 1014 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State); 1015 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) { 1016 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later. 1017 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0); 1018 } 1019 } 1020 1021 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar 1022 // to other targets. 1023 const Type *Base = nullptr; 1024 uint64_t NumElts = 0; 1025 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall && 1026 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) { 1027 if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) { 1028 State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts; 1029 if (Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType()) 1030 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1031 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); 1032 } 1033 return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State); 1034 } 1035 1036 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 1037 if (RT) { 1038 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain. 1039 if (IsWin32StructABI) 1040 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 1041 1042 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 1043 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 1044 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 1045 } 1046 1047 // Ignore empty structs/unions. 1048 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 1049 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 1050 1051 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext(); 1052 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext); 1053 bool NeedsPadding; 1054 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) { 1055 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 1056 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32); 1057 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements); 1058 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result); 1059 } 1060 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr; 1061 1062 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout 1063 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the 1064 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many 1065 // optimizations. 1066 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 && 1067 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext())) 1068 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding( 1069 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall || 1070 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall, 1071 PaddingType); 1072 1073 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 1074 } 1075 1076 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1077 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing 1078 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64. 1079 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 1080 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1081 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 1082 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 1083 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 1084 Size)); 1085 } 1086 1087 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty))) 1088 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64)); 1089 1090 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1091 } 1092 1093 1094 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1095 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1096 1097 bool NeedsPadding; 1098 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding); 1099 1100 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) { 1101 if (InReg) 1102 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg(); 1103 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 1104 } 1105 if (InReg) 1106 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(); 1107 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1108 } 1109 1110 void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 1111 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention()); 1112 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) 1113 State.FreeRegs = 2; 1114 else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) { 1115 State.FreeRegs = 2; 1116 State.FreeSSERegs = 6; 1117 } else if (FI.getHasRegParm()) 1118 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm(); 1119 else 1120 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 1121 1122 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) { 1123 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State); 1124 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) { 1125 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the 1126 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate. 1127 if (State.FreeRegs) { 1128 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register. 1129 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true); 1130 } 1131 } 1132 1133 bool UsedInAlloca = false; 1134 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 1135 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State); 1136 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca); 1137 } 1138 1139 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite 1140 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca. 1141 if (UsedInAlloca) 1142 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI); 1143 } 1144 1145 void 1146 X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 1147 unsigned &StackOffset, 1148 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const { 1149 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct"); 1150 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size()); 1151 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type)); 1152 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity(); 1153 1154 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4 1155 // byte aligned. 1156 if (StackOffset % 4U) { 1157 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset; 1158 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U); 1159 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset; 1160 assert(NumBytes); 1161 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()); 1162 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes); 1163 FrameFields.push_back(Ty); 1164 } 1165 } 1166 1167 static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) { 1168 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone. 1169 switch (Info.getKind()) { 1170 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 1171 return true; 1172 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 1173 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal()); 1174 return true; 1175 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 1176 return false; 1177 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 1178 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 1179 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 1180 if (Info.getInReg()) 1181 return false; 1182 return true; 1183 } 1184 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum"); 1185 } 1186 1187 void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 1188 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32"); 1189 1190 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory. 1191 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields; 1192 1193 unsigned StackOffset = 0; 1194 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end(); 1195 1196 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary. 1197 bool IsThisCall = 1198 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall; 1199 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo(); 1200 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall && 1201 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) { 1202 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); 1203 ++I; 1204 } 1205 1206 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory. 1207 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) { 1208 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType()); 1209 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy); 1210 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax. 1211 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI); 1212 } 1213 1214 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx. 1215 if (IsThisCall) 1216 ++I; 1217 1218 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct. 1219 for (; I != E; ++I) { 1220 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info)) 1221 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); 1222 } 1223 1224 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields, 1225 /*isPacked=*/true)); 1226 } 1227 1228 llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1229 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 1230 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 1231 1232 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1233 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 1234 "ap"); 1235 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 1236 1237 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned 1238 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity(); 1239 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align); 1240 Align = std::max(Align, 4U); 1241 if (Align > 4) { 1242 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align; 1243 llvm::Value *Offset = 1244 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); 1245 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); 1246 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, 1247 CGF.Int32Ty); 1248 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align); 1249 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), 1250 Addr->getType(), 1251 "ap.cur.aligned"); 1252 } 1253 1254 llvm::Type *PTy = 1255 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 1256 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 1257 1258 uint64_t Offset = 1259 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align); 1260 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 1261 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 1262 "ap.next"); 1263 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 1264 1265 return AddrTyped; 1266 } 1267 1268 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI( 1269 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) { 1270 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86); 1271 1272 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) { 1273 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default: 1274 break; 1275 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return 1276 return false; 1277 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return 1278 return true; 1279 } 1280 1281 if (Triple.isOSDarwin()) 1282 return true; 1283 1284 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 1285 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly: 1286 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD: 1287 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD: 1288 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig: 1289 return true; 1290 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 1291 switch (Triple.getEnvironment()) { 1292 case llvm::Triple::UnknownEnvironment: 1293 case llvm::Triple::Cygnus: 1294 case llvm::Triple::GNU: 1295 case llvm::Triple::MSVC: 1296 return true; 1297 default: 1298 return false; 1299 } 1300 default: 1301 return false; 1302 } 1303 } 1304 1305 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 1306 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1307 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 1308 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1309 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) { 1310 // Get the LLVM function. 1311 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 1312 1313 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16. 1314 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 1315 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16); 1316 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1317 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 1318 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1319 B)); 1320 } 1321 } 1322 } 1323 1324 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 1325 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1326 llvm::Value *Address) const { 1327 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1328 1329 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 1330 1331 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different 1332 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same. 1333 // 8 is %eip. 1334 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8); 1335 1336 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) { 1337 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4. 1338 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on 1339 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type. 1340 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16); 1341 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16); 1342 1343 } else { 1344 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some 1345 // reason. 1346 Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9)); 1347 1348 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5. 1349 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on 1350 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type. 1351 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12); 1352 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16); 1353 } 1354 1355 return false; 1356 } 1357 1358 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1359 // X86-64 ABI Implementation 1360 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1361 1362 1363 namespace { 1364 /// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information. 1365 class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1366 enum Class { 1367 Integer = 0, 1368 SSE, 1369 SSEUp, 1370 X87, 1371 X87Up, 1372 ComplexX87, 1373 NoClass, 1374 Memory 1375 }; 1376 1377 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm. 1378 /// 1379 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field 1380 /// classification \arg Field. 1381 /// 1382 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should 1383 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge 1384 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller 1385 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate). 1386 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field); 1387 1388 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm. 1389 /// 1390 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to 1391 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary. 1392 /// 1393 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in 1394 /// the classification process. 1395 /// 1396 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1397 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1398 /// 1399 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1400 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object. 1401 /// 1402 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const; 1403 1404 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the 1405 /// given type T should be passed. 1406 /// 1407 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1408 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1409 /// 1410 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1411 /// residing in the high word of the containing object. 1412 /// 1413 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the 1414 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different 1415 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary. 1416 /// 1417 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named" 1418 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7. 1419 /// 1420 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should 1421 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo 1422 /// will be Memory. 1423 /// 1424 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored. 1425 /// 1426 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will 1427 /// also be ComplexX87. 1428 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi, 1429 bool isNamedArg) const; 1430 1431 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1432 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1433 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1434 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1435 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1436 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1437 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1438 1439 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1440 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory. 1441 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const; 1442 1443 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1444 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 1445 /// 1446 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining 1447 /// available. 1448 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const; 1449 1450 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 1451 1452 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 1453 unsigned freeIntRegs, 1454 unsigned &neededInt, 1455 unsigned &neededSSE, 1456 bool isNamedArg) const; 1457 1458 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1459 1460 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities, 1461 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with 1462 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which 1463 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC 1464 /// may need to exempt themselves. 1465 bool honorsRevision0_98() const { 1466 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin(); 1467 } 1468 1469 bool HasAVX; 1470 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on 1471 // 64-bit hardware. 1472 bool Has64BitPointers; 1473 1474 public: 1475 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) : 1476 ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx), 1477 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) { 1478 } 1479 1480 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const { 1481 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 1482 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here. 1483 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 1484 /*isNamedArg*/true); 1485 if (info.isDirect()) { 1486 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType(); 1487 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty)) 1488 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128); 1489 } 1490 return false; 1491 } 1492 1493 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1494 1495 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1496 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 1497 }; 1498 1499 /// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information. 1500 class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1501 1502 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs, 1503 bool IsReturnType) const; 1504 1505 public: 1506 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 1507 1508 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1509 1510 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1511 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 1512 1513 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override { 1514 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. 1515 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty); 1516 } 1517 1518 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 1519 uint64_t NumMembers) const override { 1520 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. 1521 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers); 1522 } 1523 }; 1524 1525 class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1526 bool HasAVX; 1527 public: 1528 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 1529 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {} 1530 1531 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 1532 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 1533 } 1534 1535 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1536 return 7; 1537 } 1538 1539 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1540 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1541 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1542 1543 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1544 // 16 is %rip. 1545 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1546 return false; 1547 } 1548 1549 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1550 StringRef Constraint, 1551 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 1552 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 1553 } 1554 1555 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 1556 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override { 1557 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA 1558 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped 1559 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do 1560 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is 1561 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI 1562 // defines varargs anyway. 1563 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) { 1564 bool HasAVXType = false; 1565 for (CallArgList::const_iterator 1566 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) { 1567 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) { 1568 HasAVXType = true; 1569 break; 1570 } 1571 } 1572 1573 if (!HasAVXType) 1574 return true; 1575 } 1576 1577 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType); 1578 } 1579 1580 llvm::Constant * 1581 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1582 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 1583 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c 1584 ('F' << 16) | 1585 ('T' << 24); 1586 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 1587 } 1588 1589 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 1590 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16; 1591 } 1592 }; 1593 1594 static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) { 1595 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. This 1596 // matches the behavior of MSVC. 1597 std::string ArgStr = Lib; 1598 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib")) 1599 ArgStr += ".lib"; 1600 return ArgStr; 1601 } 1602 1603 class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo { 1604 public: 1605 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 1606 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms) 1607 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {} 1608 1609 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1610 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1611 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1612 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1613 } 1614 1615 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1616 llvm::StringRef Value, 1617 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1618 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1619 } 1620 }; 1621 1622 class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1623 bool HasAVX; 1624 public: 1625 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 1626 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {} 1627 1628 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1629 return 7; 1630 } 1631 1632 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1633 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1634 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1635 1636 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1637 // 16 is %rip. 1638 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1639 return false; 1640 } 1641 1642 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1643 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1644 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1645 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1646 } 1647 1648 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1649 llvm::StringRef Value, 1650 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1651 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1652 } 1653 1654 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 1655 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16; 1656 } 1657 }; 1658 1659 } 1660 1661 void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, 1662 Class &Hi) const { 1663 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done: 1664 // 1665 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in 1666 // memory. 1667 // 1668 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in 1669 // memory. 1670 // 1671 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first 1672 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole 1673 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the 1674 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type. 1675 // 1676 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE. 1677 // 1678 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise 1679 // only with unions; for example: 1680 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; } 1681 // 1682 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98. 1683 // 1684 if (Hi == Memory) 1685 Lo = Memory; 1686 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98()) 1687 Lo = Memory; 1688 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp)) 1689 Lo = Memory; 1690 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE) 1691 Hi = SSE; 1692 } 1693 1694 X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) { 1695 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is 1696 // classified recursively so that always two fields are 1697 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to 1698 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte: 1699 // 1700 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class. 1701 // 1702 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is 1703 // the other class. 1704 // 1705 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY 1706 // class. 1707 // 1708 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the 1709 // INTEGER. 1710 // 1711 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class, 1712 // MEMORY is used as class. 1713 // 1714 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used. 1715 1716 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or 1717 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure). 1718 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) && 1719 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge."); 1720 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass) 1721 return Accum; 1722 if (Field == Memory) 1723 return Memory; 1724 if (Accum == NoClass) 1725 return Field; 1726 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer) 1727 return Integer; 1728 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 || 1729 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up) 1730 return Memory; 1731 return SSE; 1732 } 1733 1734 void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase, 1735 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const { 1736 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for 1737 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various 1738 // situations. 1739 1740 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors 1741 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they 1742 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify. 1743 1744 Lo = Hi = NoClass; 1745 1746 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi; 1747 Current = Memory; 1748 1749 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 1750 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind(); 1751 1752 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) { 1753 Current = NoClass; 1754 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) { 1755 Lo = Integer; 1756 Hi = Integer; 1757 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) { 1758 Current = Integer; 1759 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) || 1760 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble && 1761 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) { 1762 Current = SSE; 1763 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { 1764 Lo = X87; 1765 Hi = X87Up; 1766 } 1767 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE. 1768 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp). 1769 return; 1770 } 1771 1772 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 1773 // Classify the underlying integer type. 1774 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 1775 return; 1776 } 1777 1778 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) { 1779 Current = Integer; 1780 return; 1781 } 1782 1783 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 1784 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) { 1785 if (Has64BitPointers) { 1786 // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both 1787 // Lo and Hi now. 1788 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1789 } else { 1790 // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that 1791 // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well. 1792 uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1793 uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64; 1794 if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) { 1795 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1796 } else { 1797 Current = Integer; 1798 } 1799 } 1800 } else { 1801 Current = Integer; 1802 } 1803 return; 1804 } 1805 1806 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1807 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 1808 if (Size == 32) { 1809 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x 1810 // float> as integer. 1811 Current = Integer; 1812 1813 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 1814 // split. 1815 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1816 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64; 1817 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag) 1818 Hi = Lo; 1819 } else if (Size == 64) { 1820 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :( 1821 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) 1822 return; 1823 1824 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER. 1825 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1826 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) || 1827 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) || 1828 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong)) 1829 Current = Integer; 1830 else 1831 Current = SSE; 1832 1833 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 1834 // split. 1835 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64) 1836 Hi = Lo; 1837 } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) { 1838 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The 1839 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class 1840 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be 1841 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense. 1842 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases 1843 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding 1844 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part. 1845 // 1846 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in 1847 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a 1848 // variadic function. 1849 Lo = SSE; 1850 Hi = SSEUp; 1851 } 1852 return; 1853 } 1854 1855 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 1856 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType()); 1857 1858 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1859 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 1860 if (Size <= 64) 1861 Current = Integer; 1862 else if (Size <= 128) 1863 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1864 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy) 1865 Current = SSE; 1866 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy || 1867 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy && 1868 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) 1869 Lo = Hi = SSE; 1870 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy) 1871 Current = ComplexX87; 1872 1873 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it 1874 // should be split. 1875 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1876 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64; 1877 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag) 1878 Hi = Lo; 1879 1880 return; 1881 } 1882 1883 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 1884 // Arrays are treated like structures. 1885 1886 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1887 1888 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 1889 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 1890 if (Size > 256) 1891 return; 1892 1893 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned 1894 // fields, it has class MEMORY. 1895 // 1896 // Only need to check alignment of array base. 1897 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType())) 1898 return; 1899 1900 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about 1901 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify. 1902 Current = NoClass; 1903 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 1904 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1905 1906 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array 1907 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 1908 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 1909 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256) 1910 return; 1911 1912 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) { 1913 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1914 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1915 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1916 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1917 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1918 break; 1919 } 1920 1921 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 1922 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification."); 1923 return; 1924 } 1925 1926 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1927 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1928 1929 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 1930 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 1931 if (Size > 256) 1932 return; 1933 1934 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial 1935 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible 1936 // reference. 1937 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 1938 return; 1939 1940 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 1941 1942 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory. 1943 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 1944 return; 1945 1946 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 1947 1948 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed. 1949 Current = NoClass; 1950 1951 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first. 1952 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 1953 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 1954 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 1955 "Unexpected base class!"); 1956 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 1957 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1958 1959 // Classify this field. 1960 // 1961 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a 1962 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets 1963 // initialized to class NO_CLASS. 1964 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1965 uint64_t Offset = 1966 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 1967 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1968 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1969 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1970 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1971 break; 1972 } 1973 } 1974 1975 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results. 1976 unsigned idx = 0; 1977 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 1978 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 1979 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 1980 bool BitField = i->isBitField(); 1981 1982 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than 1983 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY. 1984 // 1985 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct 1986 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 1987 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 1988 // 1989 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) { 1990 Lo = Memory; 1991 return; 1992 } 1993 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below. 1994 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) { 1995 Lo = Memory; 1996 return; 1997 } 1998 1999 // Classify this field. 2000 // 2001 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate 2002 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified 2003 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class 2004 // NO_CLASS. 2005 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 2006 2007 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the 2008 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and 2009 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte. 2010 if (BitField) { 2011 // Ignore padding bit-fields. 2012 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield()) 2013 continue; 2014 2015 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 2016 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext()); 2017 2018 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64; 2019 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64; 2020 2021 if (EB_Lo) { 2022 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes."); 2023 FieldLo = NoClass; 2024 FieldHi = Integer; 2025 } else { 2026 FieldLo = Integer; 2027 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass; 2028 } 2029 } else 2030 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 2031 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 2032 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 2033 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 2034 break; 2035 } 2036 2037 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 2038 } 2039 } 2040 2041 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const { 2042 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 2043 // place naturally. 2044 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 2045 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2046 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2047 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2048 2049 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 2050 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 2051 } 2052 2053 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 2054 } 2055 2056 bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 2057 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 2058 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy); 2059 unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128; 2060 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector) 2061 return true; 2062 } 2063 2064 return false; 2065 } 2066 2067 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, 2068 unsigned freeIntRegs) const { 2069 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 2070 // place naturally. 2071 // 2072 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available 2073 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass 2074 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently, 2075 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with 2076 // 'onstack'. See PR12193. 2077 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 2078 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2079 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2080 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2081 2082 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 2083 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 2084 } 2085 2086 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 2087 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 2088 2089 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all 2090 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval. 2091 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U); 2092 2093 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This 2094 // is important for good codegen. 2095 // 2096 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can 2097 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval). 2098 // 2099 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the 2100 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers 2101 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value 2102 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the 2103 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first), 2104 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that 2105 // might be inreg. 2106 // 2107 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for 2108 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer 2109 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed 2110 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now. 2111 // 2112 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter 2113 // attributes. See PR12193. 2114 if (freeIntRegs == 0) { 2115 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2116 2117 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral 2118 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8). 2119 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64) 2120 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2121 Size)); 2122 } 2123 2124 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align); 2125 } 2126 2127 /// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an 2128 /// full vector XMM/YMM register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a 2129 /// vector register. 2130 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 2131 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2132 2133 // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors, 2134 // strip them off if present. 2135 llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType); 2136 while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) { 2137 IRType = STy->getElementType(0); 2138 STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType); 2139 } 2140 2141 // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it. 2142 if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){ 2143 llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType(); 2144 unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth(); 2145 if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) && 2146 (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() || 2147 EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) || 2148 EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) || 2149 EltTy->isIntegerTy(128))) 2150 return VT; 2151 } 2152 2153 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2); 2154 } 2155 2156 /// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range 2157 /// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in 2158 /// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits 2159 /// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful 2160 /// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class. 2161 /// 2162 /// It is conservatively correct to return false. 2163 static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit, 2164 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) { 2165 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user 2166 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other 2167 // types that don't contain interesting padding. 2168 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 2169 if (TySize <= StartBit) 2170 return true; 2171 2172 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 2173 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 2174 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 2175 2176 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range. 2177 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) { 2178 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done.. 2179 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize; 2180 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break; 2181 2182 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0; 2183 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart, 2184 EndBit-EltOffset, Context)) 2185 return false; 2186 } 2187 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding. 2188 return true; 2189 } 2190 2191 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 2192 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 2193 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 2194 2195 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 2196 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 2197 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 2198 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 2199 "Unexpected base class!"); 2200 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 2201 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 2202 2203 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it. 2204 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 2205 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue; 2206 2207 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0; 2208 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart, 2209 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context)) 2210 return false; 2211 } 2212 } 2213 2214 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes 2215 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields, 2216 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care 2217 // much. 2218 unsigned idx = 0; 2219 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 2220 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 2221 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 2222 2223 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done. 2224 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break; 2225 2226 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0; 2227 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset, 2228 Context)) 2229 return false; 2230 } 2231 2232 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're 2233 // clean. 2234 return true; 2235 } 2236 2237 return false; 2238 } 2239 2240 /// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a 2241 /// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a 2242 /// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return 2243 /// false. 2244 static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2245 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2246 // Base case if we find a float. 2247 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy()) 2248 return true; 2249 2250 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2251 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2252 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy); 2253 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2254 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt); 2255 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD); 2256 } 2257 2258 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2259 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2260 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2261 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2262 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2263 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD); 2264 } 2265 2266 return false; 2267 } 2268 2269 2270 /// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the 2271 /// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class. 2272 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2273 GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2274 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2275 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We 2276 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for 2277 // structs that contain 3 floats. 2278 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32, 2279 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2280 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 2281 2282 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at 2283 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the 2284 // case. 2285 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) && 2286 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout())) 2287 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2); 2288 2289 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 2290 } 2291 2292 2293 /// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in 2294 /// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking 2295 /// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks 2296 /// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything 2297 /// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*, 2298 /// etc). 2299 /// 2300 /// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for 2301 /// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that 2302 /// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null. 2303 /// 2304 /// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is 2305 /// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8). 2306 /// 2307 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2308 GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2309 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2310 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're 2311 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it. 2312 if (IROffset == 0) { 2313 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit. 2314 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) || 2315 IRType->isIntegerTy(64)) 2316 return IRType; 2317 2318 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the 2319 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to 2320 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on 2321 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We 2322 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on 2323 // unions being lowered a specific way etc. 2324 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) || 2325 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) || 2326 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) { 2327 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 : 2328 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth(); 2329 2330 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth, 2331 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2332 return IRType; 2333 } 2334 } 2335 2336 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2337 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2338 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy); 2339 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) { 2340 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2341 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx); 2342 2343 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset, 2344 SourceTy, SourceOffset); 2345 } 2346 } 2347 2348 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2349 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2350 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2351 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2352 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy, 2353 SourceOffset); 2354 } 2355 2356 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an 2357 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct. 2358 unsigned TySizeInBytes = 2359 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity(); 2360 2361 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?"); 2362 2363 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that 2364 // isn't larger than the structure. 2365 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2366 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8); 2367 } 2368 2369 2370 /// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally 2371 /// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a 2372 /// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of 2373 /// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float, 2374 /// return {i32*, float}. 2375 static llvm::Type * 2376 GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi, 2377 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2378 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start 2379 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types 2380 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have 2381 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this: 2382 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo); 2383 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi); 2384 unsigned HiStart = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign); 2385 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2386 2387 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the 2388 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size 2389 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the 2390 // struct. 2391 if (HiStart != 8) { 2392 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for 2393 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32. 2394 // Promote these to a larger type. 2395 if (Lo->isFloatTy()) 2396 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext()); 2397 else { 2398 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type"); 2399 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext()); 2400 } 2401 } 2402 2403 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, NULL); 2404 2405 2406 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset. 2407 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 && 2408 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2409 return Result; 2410 } 2411 2412 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo:: 2413 classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 2414 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the 2415 // classification algorithm. 2416 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2417 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true); 2418 2419 // Check some invariants. 2420 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2421 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2422 2423 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2424 switch (Lo) { 2425 case NoClass: 2426 if (Hi == NoClass) 2427 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2428 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2429 // null. 2430 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2431 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2432 break; 2433 2434 case SSEUp: 2435 case X87Up: 2436 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2437 2438 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via 2439 // hidden argument. 2440 case Memory: 2441 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy); 2442 2443 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2444 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used. 2445 case Integer: 2446 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2447 2448 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2449 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2450 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2451 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2452 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 2453 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2454 2455 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2456 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2457 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2458 } 2459 break; 2460 2461 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next 2462 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used. 2463 case SSE: 2464 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2465 break; 2466 2467 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is 2468 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number. 2469 case X87: 2470 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()); 2471 break; 2472 2473 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real 2474 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in 2475 // %st1. 2476 case ComplexX87: 2477 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification."); 2478 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2479 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2480 NULL); 2481 break; 2482 } 2483 2484 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2485 switch (Hi) { 2486 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should 2487 // never occur as a hi class. 2488 case Memory: 2489 case X87: 2490 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2491 2492 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled. 2493 case NoClass: 2494 break; 2495 2496 case Integer: 2497 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2498 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2499 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2500 break; 2501 case SSE: 2502 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2503 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2504 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2505 break; 2506 2507 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte 2508 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used 2509 // vector register. 2510 // 2511 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen. 2512 case SSEUp: 2513 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification."); 2514 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy); 2515 break; 2516 2517 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is 2518 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0. 2519 case X87Up: 2520 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do 2521 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be 2522 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the 2523 // extra bits in an SSE reg. 2524 if (Lo != X87) { 2525 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2526 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2527 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2528 } 2529 break; 2530 } 2531 2532 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2533 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2534 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2535 if (HighPart) 2536 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2537 2538 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2539 } 2540 2541 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType( 2542 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE, 2543 bool isNamedArg) 2544 const 2545 { 2546 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2547 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 2548 2549 // Check some invariants. 2550 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction. 2551 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2552 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2553 2554 neededInt = 0; 2555 neededSSE = 0; 2556 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2557 switch (Lo) { 2558 case NoClass: 2559 if (Hi == NoClass) 2560 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2561 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2562 // null. 2563 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2564 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2565 break; 2566 2567 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument 2568 // on the stack. 2569 case Memory: 2570 2571 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or 2572 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory. 2573 case X87: 2574 case ComplexX87: 2575 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) 2576 ++neededInt; 2577 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs); 2578 2579 case SSEUp: 2580 case X87Up: 2581 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2582 2583 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2584 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8 2585 // and %r9 is used. 2586 case Integer: 2587 ++neededInt; 2588 2589 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2590 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0); 2591 2592 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2593 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2594 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2595 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2596 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2597 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2598 2599 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2600 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2601 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2602 } 2603 2604 break; 2605 2606 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next 2607 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the 2608 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7. 2609 case SSE: { 2610 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2611 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0); 2612 ++neededSSE; 2613 break; 2614 } 2615 } 2616 2617 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2618 switch (Hi) { 2619 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should 2620 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87, 2621 // which is passed in memory. 2622 case Memory: 2623 case X87: 2624 case ComplexX87: 2625 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2626 2627 case NoClass: break; 2628 2629 case Integer: 2630 ++neededInt; 2631 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2632 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 2633 2634 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2635 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2636 break; 2637 2638 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in 2639 // memory), except in situations involving unions. 2640 case X87Up: 2641 case SSE: 2642 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 2643 2644 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2645 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2646 2647 ++neededSSE; 2648 break; 2649 2650 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the 2651 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE 2652 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed. 2653 case SSEUp: 2654 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification"); 2655 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty); 2656 break; 2657 } 2658 2659 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2660 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2661 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2662 if (HighPart) 2663 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2664 2665 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2666 } 2667 2668 void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2669 2670 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 2671 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 2672 2673 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers. 2674 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8; 2675 2676 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 2677 // integer register. 2678 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) 2679 --freeIntRegs; 2680 2681 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs(); 2682 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers 2683 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows... 2684 unsigned ArgNo = 0; 2685 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); 2686 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) { 2687 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs; 2688 2689 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 2690 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt, 2691 neededSSE, IsNamedArg); 2692 2693 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any 2694 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the 2695 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some 2696 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted. 2697 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) { 2698 freeIntRegs -= neededInt; 2699 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE; 2700 } else { 2701 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs); 2702 } 2703 } 2704 } 2705 2706 static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 2707 QualType Ty, 2708 CodeGenFunction &CGF) { 2709 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p = 2710 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p"); 2711 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area = 2712 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area"); 2713 2714 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16 2715 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary. 2716 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use 2717 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary. 2718 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 2719 if (Align > 8) { 2720 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align; 2721 llvm::Value *Offset = 2722 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1); 2723 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset); 2724 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area, 2725 CGF.Int64Ty); 2726 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align); 2727 overflow_arg_area = 2728 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), 2729 overflow_arg_area->getType(), 2730 "overflow_arg_area.align"); 2731 } 2732 2733 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area. 2734 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 2735 llvm::Value *Res = 2736 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area, 2737 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2738 2739 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to: 2740 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type). 2741 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to 2742 // an 8 byte boundary. 2743 2744 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8; 2745 llvm::Value *Offset = 2746 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7); 2747 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset, 2748 "overflow_arg_area.next"); 2749 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p); 2750 2751 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type. 2752 return Res; 2753 } 2754 2755 llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2756 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2757 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 2758 // struct { 2759 // i32 gp_offset; 2760 // i32 fp_offset; 2761 // i8* overflow_arg_area; 2762 // i8* reg_save_area; 2763 // }; 2764 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 2765 2766 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 2767 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 2768 /*isNamedArg*/false); 2769 2770 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed 2771 // in the registers. If not go to step 7. 2772 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE) 2773 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2774 2775 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of 2776 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold 2777 // the number of floating point registers needed. 2778 2779 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into 2780 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or 2781 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7. 2782 // 2783 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of 2784 // register save space). 2785 2786 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 2787 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr; 2788 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr; 2789 if (neededInt) { 2790 gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p"); 2791 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset"); 2792 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8); 2793 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp"); 2794 } 2795 2796 if (neededSSE) { 2797 fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p"); 2798 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset"); 2799 llvm::Value *FitsInFP = 2800 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16); 2801 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp"); 2802 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP; 2803 } 2804 2805 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 2806 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 2807 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 2808 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 2809 2810 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 2811 2812 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 2813 2814 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with 2815 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require 2816 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed 2817 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater 2818 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers. 2819 // 2820 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to 2821 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a 2822 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more 2823 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up? 2824 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 2825 llvm::Value *RegAddr = 2826 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3), 2827 "reg_save_area"); 2828 if (neededInt && neededSSE) { 2829 // FIXME: Cleanup. 2830 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2831 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType()); 2832 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2833 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo()); 2834 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2835 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0); 2836 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1); 2837 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) && 2838 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2839 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo); 2840 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi); 2841 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); 2842 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2843 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr; 2844 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr; 2845 llvm::Value *V = 2846 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo)); 2847 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0)); 2848 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi)); 2849 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1)); 2850 2851 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, 2852 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2853 } else if (neededInt) { 2854 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); 2855 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, 2856 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2857 2858 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment. 2859 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign = 2860 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); 2861 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity(); 2862 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity(); 2863 if (TyAlign > 8) { 2864 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2865 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false); 2866 RegAddr = Tmp; 2867 } 2868 } else if (neededSSE == 1) { 2869 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2870 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, 2871 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2872 } else { 2873 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!"); 2874 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save 2875 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together. 2876 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2877 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16); 2878 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy; 2879 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy = 2880 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy); 2881 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, NULL); 2882 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2883 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo()); 2884 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo, 2885 DblPtrTy)); 2886 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0)); 2887 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi, 2888 DblPtrTy)); 2889 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1)); 2890 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, 2891 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2892 } 2893 2894 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set: 2895 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8 2896 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16. 2897 if (neededInt) { 2898 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8); 2899 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset), 2900 gp_offset_p); 2901 } 2902 if (neededSSE) { 2903 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16); 2904 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset), 2905 fp_offset_p); 2906 } 2907 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 2908 2909 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 2910 2911 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 2912 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2913 2914 // Return the appropriate result. 2915 2916 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 2917 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2, 2918 "vaarg.addr"); 2919 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 2920 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); 2921 return ResAddr; 2922 } 2923 2924 ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs, 2925 bool IsReturnType) const { 2926 2927 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 2928 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2929 2930 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2931 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2932 2933 TypeInfo Info = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty); 2934 uint64_t Width = Info.Width; 2935 unsigned Align = getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align).getQuantity(); 2936 2937 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 2938 if (RT) { 2939 if (!IsReturnType) { 2940 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 2941 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 2942 } 2943 2944 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 2945 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 2946 2947 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128 2948 if (Width == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment()) 2949 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2950 Width)); 2951 } 2952 2953 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar to 2954 // other targets. 2955 const Type *Base = nullptr; 2956 uint64_t NumElts = 0; 2957 if (FreeSSERegs && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) { 2958 if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) { 2959 FreeSSERegs -= NumElts; 2960 if (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType()) 2961 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 2962 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); 2963 } 2964 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false); 2965 } 2966 2967 2968 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 2969 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it 2970 // directly. 2971 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2972 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy()) 2973 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 2974 } 2975 2976 if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 2977 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is 2978 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference." 2979 if (Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) 2980 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 2981 2982 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer. 2983 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Width)); 2984 } 2985 2986 // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not 2987 // extended. 2988 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 2989 if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool) 2990 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2991 2992 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 2993 } 2994 2995 void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2996 bool IsVectorCall = 2997 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall; 2998 2999 // We can use up to 4 SSE return registers with vectorcall. 3000 unsigned FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 4 : 0; 3001 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3002 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), FreeSSERegs, true); 3003 3004 // We can use up to 6 SSE register parameters with vectorcall. 3005 FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 6 : 0; 3006 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 3007 I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false); 3008 } 3009 3010 llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3011 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3012 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 3013 3014 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3015 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 3016 "ap"); 3017 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 3018 llvm::Type *PTy = 3019 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 3020 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 3021 3022 uint64_t Offset = 3023 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8); 3024 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 3025 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 3026 "ap.next"); 3027 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 3028 3029 return AddrTyped; 3030 } 3031 3032 namespace { 3033 3034 class NaClX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 3035 public: 3036 NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 3037 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {} 3038 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 3039 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3040 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 3041 private: 3042 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv. 3043 X86_64ABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else. 3044 }; 3045 3046 class NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3047 bool HasAVX; 3048 public: 3049 NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 3050 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) { 3051 } 3052 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 3053 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16; 3054 } 3055 }; 3056 3057 } 3058 3059 void NaClX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 3060 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall) 3061 PInfo.computeInfo(FI); 3062 else 3063 NInfo.computeInfo(FI); 3064 } 3065 3066 llvm::Value *NaClX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3067 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3068 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions 3069 // is unuspported. 3070 return NInfo.EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 3071 } 3072 3073 3074 // PowerPC-32 3075 namespace { 3076 /// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information. 3077 class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 3078 public: 3079 PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} 3080 3081 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3082 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 3083 }; 3084 3085 class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3086 public: 3087 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 3088 3089 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3090 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3091 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3092 } 3093 3094 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3095 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3096 3097 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 3098 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors. 3099 } 3100 }; 3101 3102 } 3103 3104 llvm::Value *PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 3105 QualType Ty, 3106 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3107 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3108 // TODO: Implement this. For now ignore. 3109 (void)CTy; 3110 return nullptr; 3111 } 3112 3113 bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64; 3114 bool isInt = Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType(); 3115 llvm::Type *CharPtr = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 3116 llvm::Type *CharPtrPtr = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 3117 3118 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3119 llvm::Value *GPRPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, CharPtr, "gprptr"); 3120 llvm::Value *GPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(GPRPtr, CGF.Int32Ty); 3121 llvm::Value *FPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(GPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(1)); 3122 llvm::Value *FPRPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(FPRPtrAsInt, CharPtr); 3123 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(FPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(3)); 3124 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr); 3125 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(4)); 3126 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr); 3127 llvm::Value *GPR = Builder.CreateLoad(GPRPtr, false, "gpr"); 3128 // Align GPR when TY is i64. 3129 if (isI64) { 3130 llvm::Value *GPRAnd = Builder.CreateAnd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1)); 3131 llvm::Value *CC64 = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(GPRAnd, Builder.getInt8(1)); 3132 llvm::Value *GPRPlusOne = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1)); 3133 GPR = Builder.CreateSelect(CC64, GPRPlusOne, GPR); 3134 } 3135 llvm::Value *FPR = Builder.CreateLoad(FPRPtr, false, "fpr"); 3136 llvm::Value *OverflowArea = Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaPtr, false, "overflow_area"); 3137 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OverflowArea, CGF.Int32Ty); 3138 llvm::Value *RegsaveArea = Builder.CreateLoad(RegsaveAreaPtr, false, "regsave_area"); 3139 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(RegsaveArea, CGF.Int32Ty); 3140 3141 llvm::Value *CC = Builder.CreateICmpULT(isInt ? GPR : FPR, 3142 Builder.getInt8(8), "cond"); 3143 3144 llvm::Value *RegConstant = Builder.CreateMul(isInt ? GPR : FPR, 3145 Builder.getInt8(isInt ? 4 : 8)); 3146 3147 llvm::Value *OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(RegsaveAreaAsInt, Builder.CreateSExt(RegConstant, CGF.Int32Ty)); 3148 3149 if (Ty->isFloatingType()) 3150 OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(OurReg, Builder.getInt32(32)); 3151 3152 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs"); 3153 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow"); 3154 llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont"); 3155 3156 Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow); 3157 3158 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs); 3159 3160 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 3161 llvm::Value *Result1 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OurReg, PTy); 3162 // Increase the GPR/FPR indexes. 3163 if (isInt) { 3164 GPR = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(isI64 ? 2 : 1)); 3165 Builder.CreateStore(GPR, GPRPtr); 3166 } else { 3167 FPR = Builder.CreateAdd(FPR, Builder.getInt8(1)); 3168 Builder.CreateStore(FPR, FPRPtr); 3169 } 3170 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont); 3171 3172 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow); 3173 3174 // Increase the overflow area. 3175 llvm::Value *Result2 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, PTy); 3176 OverflowAreaAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaAsInt, Builder.getInt32(isInt ? 4 : 8)); 3177 Builder.CreateStore(Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, CharPtr), OverflowAreaPtr); 3178 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont); 3179 3180 CGF.EmitBlock(Cont); 3181 3182 llvm::PHINode *Result = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(PTy, 2, "vaarg.addr"); 3183 Result->addIncoming(Result1, UsingRegs); 3184 Result->addIncoming(Result2, UsingOverflow); 3185 3186 if (Ty->isAggregateType()) { 3187 llvm::Value *AGGPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Result, CharPtrPtr, "aggrptr") ; 3188 return Builder.CreateLoad(AGGPtr, false, "aggr"); 3189 } 3190 3191 return Result; 3192 } 3193 3194 bool 3195 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3196 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3197 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 3198 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 3199 3200 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3201 3202 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 3203 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 3204 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 3205 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 3206 3207 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers 3208 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31); 3209 3210 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 3211 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 3212 3213 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 3214 // 64: mq 3215 // 65: lr 3216 // 66: ctr 3217 // 67: ap 3218 // 68-75 cr0-7 3219 // 76: xer 3220 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 3221 3222 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 3223 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 3224 3225 // 109: vrsave 3226 // 110: vscr 3227 // 111: spe_acc 3228 // 112: spefscr 3229 // 113: sfp 3230 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 3231 3232 return false; 3233 } 3234 3235 // PowerPC-64 3236 3237 namespace { 3238 /// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information. 3239 class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 3240 public: 3241 enum ABIKind { 3242 ELFv1 = 0, 3243 ELFv2 3244 }; 3245 3246 private: 3247 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64; 3248 ABIKind Kind; 3249 3250 public: 3251 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) 3252 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} 3253 3254 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const; 3255 bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const; 3256 3257 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 3258 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 3259 3260 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override; 3261 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 3262 uint64_t Members) const override; 3263 3264 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance. 3265 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could 3266 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single 3267 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function 3268 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering 3269 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee. 3270 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 3271 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3272 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3273 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 3274 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part. 3275 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point 3276 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available. 3277 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext()); 3278 if (T) { 3279 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3280 if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) || 3281 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) { 3282 QualType QT(T, 0); 3283 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT)); 3284 continue; 3285 } 3286 } 3287 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 3288 } 3289 } 3290 3291 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3292 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 3293 }; 3294 3295 class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3296 public: 3297 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, 3298 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 3299 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 3300 3301 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3302 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3303 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3304 } 3305 3306 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3307 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3308 3309 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 3310 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec and VSX vectors. 3311 } 3312 }; 3313 3314 class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 3315 public: 3316 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 3317 3318 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3319 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3320 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3321 } 3322 3323 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3324 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3325 3326 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 3327 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors. 3328 } 3329 }; 3330 3331 } 3332 3333 // Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero- 3334 // extended to 64 bits. 3335 bool 3336 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const { 3337 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3338 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3339 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3340 3341 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 3342 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 3343 return true; 3344 3345 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to 3346 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits. 3347 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 3348 switch (BT->getKind()) { 3349 case BuiltinType::Int: 3350 case BuiltinType::UInt: 3351 return true; 3352 default: 3353 break; 3354 } 3355 3356 return false; 3357 } 3358 3359 /// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte 3360 /// alignment in the parameter area. 3361 bool 3362 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const { 3363 // Complex types are passed just like their elements. 3364 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 3365 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 3366 3367 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are 3368 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned). 3369 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 3370 return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 3371 3372 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type 3373 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element. 3374 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr; 3375 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 3376 if (EltType) { 3377 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3378 if ((EltType->isVectorType() && 3379 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) || 3380 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) 3381 AlignAsType = EltType; 3382 } 3383 3384 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates. 3385 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3386 uint64_t Members = 0; 3387 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 && 3388 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) 3389 AlignAsType = Base; 3390 3391 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment. 3392 if (AlignAsType) 3393 return AlignAsType->isVectorType(); 3394 3395 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that 3396 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes. 3397 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) 3398 return true; 3399 3400 return false; 3401 } 3402 3403 /// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous 3404 /// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set 3405 /// to the number of base elements. 3406 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3407 uint64_t &Members) const { 3408 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 3409 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3410 if (NElements == 0) 3411 return false; 3412 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members)) 3413 return false; 3414 Members *= NElements; 3415 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 3416 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 3417 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 3418 return false; 3419 3420 Members = 0; 3421 3422 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 3423 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 3424 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 3425 // Ignore empty records. 3426 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), I.getType(), true)) 3427 continue; 3428 3429 uint64_t FldMembers; 3430 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(I.getType(), Base, FldMembers)) 3431 return false; 3432 3433 Members += FldMembers; 3434 } 3435 } 3436 3437 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 3438 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records. 3439 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 3440 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = 3441 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 3442 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0) 3443 return false; 3444 FT = AT->getElementType(); 3445 } 3446 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true)) 3447 continue; 3448 3449 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode. 3450 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3451 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 3452 continue; 3453 3454 uint64_t FldMembers; 3455 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers)) 3456 return false; 3457 3458 Members = (RD->isUnion() ? 3459 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers); 3460 } 3461 3462 if (!Base) 3463 return false; 3464 3465 // Ensure there is no padding. 3466 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members != 3467 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty)) 3468 return false; 3469 } else { 3470 Members = 1; 3471 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3472 Members = 2; 3473 Ty = CT->getElementType(); 3474 } 3475 3476 // Most ABIs only support float, double, and some vector type widths. 3477 if (!isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(Ty)) 3478 return false; 3479 3480 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that 3481 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are 3482 // treated as being equivalent here. 3483 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); 3484 if (!Base) 3485 Base = TyPtr; 3486 3487 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() || 3488 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr)) 3489 return false; 3490 } 3491 return Members > 0 && isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(Base, Members); 3492 } 3493 3494 bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { 3495 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float, 3496 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors. 3497 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3498 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || 3499 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 3500 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) 3501 return true; 3502 } 3503 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3504 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) == 128) 3505 return true; 3506 } 3507 return false; 3508 } 3509 3510 bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough( 3511 const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const { 3512 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one 3513 // or two registers depending on their size. 3514 uint32_t NumRegs = 3515 Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64; 3516 3517 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers. 3518 return Members * NumRegs <= 8; 3519 } 3520 3521 ABIArgInfo 3522 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 3523 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType()) 3524 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3525 3526 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3527 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3528 if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 3529 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3530 if (Size > 128) 3531 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3532 else if (Size < 128) { 3533 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3534 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3535 } 3536 } 3537 3538 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 3539 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 3540 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3541 3542 uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty)? 16 : 8; 3543 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3544 3545 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types. 3546 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3547 uint64_t Members = 0; 3548 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 3549 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 3550 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3551 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 3552 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3553 } 3554 3555 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not 3556 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array. 3557 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the 3558 // back-end to store the argument to memory. 3559 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3560 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) { 3561 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 3562 3563 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be 3564 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword). 3565 if (Bits <= GPRBits) 3566 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3567 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 3568 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected 3569 // according to the required alignment in the save area. 3570 else { 3571 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8; 3572 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits; 3573 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits); 3574 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs); 3575 } 3576 3577 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3578 } 3579 3580 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal. 3581 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, 3582 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 3583 } 3584 3585 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ? 3586 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3587 } 3588 3589 ABIArgInfo 3590 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 3591 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 3592 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3593 3594 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 3595 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3596 3597 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3598 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3599 if (RetTy->isVectorType()) { 3600 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3601 if (Size > 128) 3602 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3603 else if (Size < 128) { 3604 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3605 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3606 } 3607 } 3608 3609 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 3610 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types. 3611 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3612 uint64_t Members = 0; 3613 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 3614 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) { 3615 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3616 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 3617 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3618 } 3619 3620 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers. 3621 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3622 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) { 3623 if (Bits == 0) 3624 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3625 3626 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 3627 if (Bits > GPRBits) { 3628 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits); 3629 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, NULL); 3630 } else 3631 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3632 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 3633 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3634 } 3635 3636 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly. 3637 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3638 } 3639 3640 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ? 3641 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3642 } 3643 3644 // Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine. 3645 llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 3646 QualType Ty, 3647 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3648 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 3649 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 3650 3651 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3652 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 3653 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 3654 3655 // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area. 3656 if (isAlignedParamType(Ty)) { 3657 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3658 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(15)); 3659 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(-16)); 3660 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align"); 3661 } 3662 3663 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the 3664 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex 3665 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the 3666 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation. 3667 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3668 QualType BaseTy; 3669 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0; 3670 3671 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3672 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType(); 3673 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8; 3674 if (CplxBaseSize < 8) 3675 SizeInBytes = 16; 3676 } 3677 3678 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8); 3679 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 3680 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), 3681 "ap.next"); 3682 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 3683 3684 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes, 3685 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted 3686 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a 3687 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate 3688 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer, 3689 // and store them to a temporary structure. 3690 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) { 3691 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3692 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr; 3693 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 3694 RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize)); 3695 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize)); 3696 } else { 3697 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8)); 3698 } 3699 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy)); 3700 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy); 3701 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy); 3702 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal"); 3703 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag"); 3704 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty), 3705 "vacplx"); 3706 llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real"); 3707 llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag"); 3708 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false); 3709 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false); 3710 return Ptr; 3711 } 3712 3713 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in 3714 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the 3715 // correct offset. 3716 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 3717 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3718 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes)); 3719 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP); 3720 } 3721 3722 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 3723 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 3724 } 3725 3726 static bool 3727 PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3728 llvm::Value *Address) { 3729 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 3730 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 3731 3732 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3733 3734 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 3735 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 3736 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 3737 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 3738 3739 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers 3740 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 3741 3742 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 3743 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 3744 3745 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 3746 // 64: mq 3747 // 65: lr 3748 // 66: ctr 3749 // 67: ap 3750 // 68-75 cr0-7 3751 // 76: xer 3752 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 3753 3754 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 3755 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 3756 3757 // 109: vrsave 3758 // 110: vscr 3759 // 111: spe_acc 3760 // 112: spefscr 3761 // 113: sfp 3762 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 3763 3764 return false; 3765 } 3766 3767 bool 3768 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 3769 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3770 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3771 3772 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 3773 } 3774 3775 bool 3776 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3777 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3778 3779 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 3780 } 3781 3782 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3783 // AArch64 ABI Implementation 3784 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3785 3786 namespace { 3787 3788 class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 3789 public: 3790 enum ABIKind { 3791 AAPCS = 0, 3792 DarwinPCS 3793 }; 3794 3795 private: 3796 ABIKind Kind; 3797 3798 public: 3799 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} 3800 3801 private: 3802 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 3803 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; } 3804 3805 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 3806 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, unsigned &AllocatedVFP, 3807 bool &IsHA, unsigned &AllocatedGPR, 3808 bool &IsSmallAggr, bool IsNamedArg) const; 3809 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override; 3810 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 3811 uint64_t Members) const override; 3812 3813 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 3814 3815 virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 3816 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the 3817 // number of SIMD and Floating-point registers allocated so far. 3818 // If the argument is an HFA or an HVA and there are sufficient unallocated 3819 // SIMD and Floating-point registers, then the argument is allocated to SIMD 3820 // and Floating-point Registers (with one register per member of the HFA or 3821 // HVA). Otherwise, the NSRN is set to 8. 3822 unsigned AllocatedVFP = 0; 3823 3824 // To correctly handle small aggregates, we need to keep track of the number 3825 // of GPRs allocated so far. If the small aggregate can't all fit into 3826 // registers, it will be on stack. We don't allow the aggregate to be 3827 // partially in registers. 3828 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0; 3829 3830 // Find the number of named arguments. Variadic arguments get special 3831 // treatment with the Darwin ABI. 3832 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs(); 3833 3834 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3835 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3836 unsigned ArgNo = 0; 3837 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); 3838 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) { 3839 unsigned PreAllocation = AllocatedVFP, PreGPR = AllocatedGPR; 3840 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false; 3841 const unsigned NumVFPs = 8; 3842 const unsigned NumGPRs = 8; 3843 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs; 3844 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, 3845 AllocatedGPR, IsSmallAggr, IsNamedArg); 3846 3847 // Under AAPCS the 64-bit stack slot alignment means we can't pass HAs 3848 // as sequences of floats since they'll get "holes" inserted as 3849 // padding by the back end. 3850 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && !isDarwinPCS() && 3851 getContext().getTypeAlign(it->type) < 64) { 3852 uint32_t NumStackSlots = getContext().getTypeSize(it->type); 3853 NumStackSlots = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(NumStackSlots, 64) / 64; 3854 3855 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3856 llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), NumStackSlots); 3857 it->info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3858 } 3859 3860 // If we do not have enough VFP registers for the HA, any VFP registers 3861 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. To achieve this, we add 3862 // padding of (NumVFPs - PreAllocation) floats. 3863 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && PreAllocation < NumVFPs) { 3864 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3865 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), NumVFPs - PreAllocation); 3866 it->info.setPaddingType(PaddingTy); 3867 } 3868 3869 // If we do not have enough GPRs for the small aggregate, any GPR regs 3870 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. 3871 if (IsSmallAggr && AllocatedGPR > NumGPRs && PreGPR < NumGPRs) { 3872 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3873 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreGPR); 3874 it->info = 3875 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(it->info.getCoerceToType(), 0, PaddingTy); 3876 } 3877 } 3878 } 3879 3880 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3881 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 3882 3883 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3884 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 3885 3886 virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3887 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override { 3888 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF) 3889 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 3890 } 3891 }; 3892 3893 class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3894 public: 3895 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 3896 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 3897 3898 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const { 3899 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 3900 } 3901 3902 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; } 3903 3904 virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; } 3905 }; 3906 } 3907 3908 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 3909 unsigned &AllocatedVFP, 3910 bool &IsHA, 3911 unsigned &AllocatedGPR, 3912 bool &IsSmallAggr, 3913 bool IsNamedArg) const { 3914 // Handle illegal vector types here. 3915 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 3916 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3917 if (Size <= 32) { 3918 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 3919 AllocatedGPR++; 3920 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3921 } 3922 if (Size == 64) { 3923 llvm::Type *ResType = 3924 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 3925 AllocatedVFP++; 3926 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3927 } 3928 if (Size == 128) { 3929 llvm::Type *ResType = 3930 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 3931 AllocatedVFP++; 3932 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3933 } 3934 AllocatedGPR++; 3935 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3936 } 3937 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 3938 // Size of a legal vector should be either 64 or 128. 3939 AllocatedVFP++; 3940 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3941 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half || 3942 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || 3943 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 3944 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) 3945 AllocatedVFP++; 3946 } 3947 3948 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 3949 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3950 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3951 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3952 3953 if (!Ty->isFloatingType() && !Ty->isVectorType()) { 3954 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty); 3955 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64) 3956 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64); 3957 3958 int RegsNeeded = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 64 ? 2 : 1; 3959 AllocatedGPR += RegsNeeded; 3960 } 3961 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 3962 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 3963 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3964 } 3965 3966 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial 3967 // copy constructor are always indirect. 3968 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 3969 AllocatedGPR++; 3970 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA == 3971 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3972 } 3973 3974 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode 3975 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility. 3976 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 3977 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS()) 3978 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3979 3980 ++AllocatedGPR; 3981 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 3982 } 3983 3984 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded. 3985 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3986 uint64_t Members = 0; 3987 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 3988 IsHA = true; 3989 if (!IsNamedArg && isDarwinPCS()) { 3990 // With the Darwin ABI, variadic arguments are always passed on the stack 3991 // and should not be expanded. Treat variadic HFAs as arrays of doubles. 3992 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3993 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 3994 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); 3995 } 3996 AllocatedVFP += Members; 3997 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); 3998 } 3999 4000 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack. 4001 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4002 if (Size <= 128) { 4003 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty); 4004 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64) 4005 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64); 4006 4007 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 4008 AllocatedGPR += Size / 64; 4009 IsSmallAggr = true; 4010 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment. 4011 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128. 4012 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) { 4013 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 4014 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); 4015 } 4016 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 4017 } 4018 4019 AllocatedGPR++; 4020 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 4021 } 4022 4023 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 4024 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 4025 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4026 4027 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 4028 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) 4029 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4030 4031 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 4032 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4033 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 4034 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4035 4036 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 4037 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4038 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 4039 } 4040 4041 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 4042 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4043 4044 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4045 uint64_t Members = 0; 4046 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) 4047 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly. 4048 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 4049 4050 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack. 4051 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4052 if (Size <= 128) { 4053 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 4054 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 4055 } 4056 4057 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4058 } 4059 4060 /// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64. 4061 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 4062 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4063 // Check whether VT is legal. 4064 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 4065 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4066 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16. 4067 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16) 4068 return true; 4069 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1); 4070 } 4071 return false; 4072 } 4073 4074 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { 4075 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating 4076 // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI, 4077 // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed, 4078 // including __fp16. 4079 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4080 if (BT->isFloatingPoint()) 4081 return true; 4082 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4083 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4084 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128) 4085 return true; 4086 } 4087 return false; 4088 } 4089 4090 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base, 4091 uint64_t Members) const { 4092 return Members <= 4; 4093 } 4094 4095 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4096 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4097 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0, AllocatedVFP = 0; 4098 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false; 4099 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, AllocatedGPR, 4100 IsSmallAggr, false /*IsNamedArg*/); 4101 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect(); 4102 4103 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call 4104 // Standard, section B.4: 4105 // 4106 // struct { 4107 // void *__stack; 4108 // void *__gr_top; 4109 // void *__vr_top; 4110 // int __gr_offs; 4111 // int __vr_offs; 4112 // }; 4113 4114 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg"); 4115 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 4116 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack"); 4117 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 4118 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext(); 4119 4120 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr; 4121 int reg_top_index; 4122 int RegSize; 4123 if (AllocatedGPR) { 4124 assert(!AllocatedVFP && "Arguments never split between int & VFP regs"); 4125 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs 4126 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p"); 4127 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs"); 4128 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top 4129 RegSize = 8 * AllocatedGPR; 4130 } else { 4131 assert(!AllocatedGPR && "Argument must go in VFP or int regs"); 4132 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs. 4133 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p"); 4134 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs"); 4135 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top 4136 RegSize = 16 * AllocatedVFP; 4137 } 4138 4139 //======================================= 4140 // Find out where argument was passed 4141 //======================================= 4142 4143 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of 4144 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows, 4145 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves 4146 // whatever they get). 4147 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr; 4148 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE( 4149 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0)); 4150 4151 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock); 4152 4153 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the 4154 // question is whether this particular type is too big. 4155 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock); 4156 4157 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a 4158 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we 4159 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address. 4160 if (AllocatedGPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { 4161 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4162 4163 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4164 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1), 4165 "align_regoffs"); 4166 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 4167 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align), 4168 "aligned_regoffs"); 4169 } 4170 4171 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list. 4172 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr; 4173 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4174 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs"); 4175 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p); 4176 4177 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in 4178 // registers or not. 4179 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 4180 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE( 4181 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg"); 4182 4183 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock); 4184 4185 //======================================= 4186 // Argument was in registers 4187 //======================================= 4188 4189 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in 4190 // registers. First start the appropriate block: 4191 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 4192 4193 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr; 4194 reg_top_p = 4195 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p"); 4196 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top"); 4197 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs); 4198 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr; 4199 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 4200 4201 if (IsIndirect) { 4202 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from 4203 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **. 4204 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy); 4205 } 4206 4207 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4208 uint64_t NumMembers = 0; 4209 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumMembers); 4210 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) { 4211 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split 4212 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN, 4213 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable 4214 // contiguously. 4215 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly"); 4216 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 4217 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers); 4218 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy); 4219 int Offset = 0; 4220 4221 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128) 4222 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8; 4223 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) { 4224 llvm::Value *BaseOffset = 4225 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset); 4226 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset); 4227 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast( 4228 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy)); 4229 llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i); 4230 4231 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr); 4232 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr); 4233 } 4234 4235 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy); 4236 } else { 4237 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory 4238 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8; 4239 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && 4240 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) && 4241 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) { 4242 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4243 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4244 4245 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4246 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be"); 4247 4248 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 4249 } 4250 4251 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy); 4252 } 4253 4254 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 4255 4256 //======================================= 4257 // Argument was on the stack 4258 //======================================= 4259 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock); 4260 4261 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr; 4262 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p"); 4263 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack"); 4264 4265 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and 4266 // floating-point ones might be affected. 4267 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { 4268 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4269 4270 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4271 4272 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4273 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1), 4274 "align_stack"); 4275 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 4276 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align), 4277 "align_stack"); 4278 4279 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 4280 } 4281 4282 uint64_t StackSize; 4283 if (IsIndirect) 4284 StackSize = 8; 4285 else 4286 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4287 4288 // All stack slots are 8 bytes 4289 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8); 4290 4291 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize); 4292 llvm::Value *NewStack = 4293 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack"); 4294 4295 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg 4296 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p); 4297 4298 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && 4299 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) { 4300 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4301 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4302 4303 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4304 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be"); 4305 4306 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 4307 } 4308 4309 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy); 4310 4311 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 4312 4313 //======================================= 4314 // Tidy up 4315 //======================================= 4316 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 4317 4318 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr"); 4319 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 4320 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock); 4321 4322 if (IsIndirect) 4323 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr"); 4324 4325 return ResAddr; 4326 } 4327 4328 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4329 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4330 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types. 4331 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for 4332 // other cases. 4333 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) 4334 return nullptr; 4335 4336 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4337 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4338 4339 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4340 uint64_t Members = 0; 4341 bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members); 4342 4343 bool isIndirect = false; 4344 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should 4345 // be passed indirectly. 4346 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) { 4347 isIndirect = true; 4348 Size = 8; 4349 Align = 8; 4350 } 4351 4352 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 4353 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP); 4354 4355 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 4356 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 4357 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 4358 4359 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4360 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 4361 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4362 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4363 } 4364 4365 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8; 4366 if (Align > MinABIAlign) { 4367 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); 4368 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); 4369 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4370 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1)); 4371 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask); 4372 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align"); 4373 } 4374 4375 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign); 4376 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP( 4377 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next"); 4378 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 4379 4380 if (isIndirect) 4381 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP)); 4382 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4383 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4384 4385 return AddrTyped; 4386 } 4387 4388 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4389 // ARM ABI Implementation 4390 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4391 4392 namespace { 4393 4394 class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4395 public: 4396 enum ABIKind { 4397 APCS = 0, 4398 AAPCS = 1, 4399 AAPCS_VFP 4400 }; 4401 4402 private: 4403 ABIKind Kind; 4404 mutable int VFPRegs[16]; 4405 const unsigned NumVFPs; 4406 const unsigned NumGPRs; 4407 mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs; 4408 mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs; 4409 4410 public: 4411 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind), 4412 NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) { 4413 setRuntimeCC(); 4414 resetAllocatedRegs(); 4415 } 4416 4417 bool isEABI() const { 4418 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4419 case llvm::Triple::Android: 4420 case llvm::Triple::EABI: 4421 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4422 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI: 4423 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4424 return true; 4425 default: 4426 return false; 4427 } 4428 } 4429 4430 bool isEABIHF() const { 4431 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4432 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4433 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4434 return true; 4435 default: 4436 return false; 4437 } 4438 } 4439 4440 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 4441 4442 private: 4443 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const; 4444 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic, 4445 bool &IsCPRC) const; 4446 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 4447 4448 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override; 4449 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 4450 uint64_t Members) const override; 4451 4452 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4453 4454 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4455 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 4456 4457 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const; 4458 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const; 4459 void setRuntimeCC(); 4460 4461 void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const; 4462 void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const; 4463 void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const; 4464 }; 4465 4466 class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4467 public: 4468 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K) 4469 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {} 4470 4471 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 4472 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 4473 } 4474 4475 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 4476 return 13; 4477 } 4478 4479 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override { 4480 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 4481 } 4482 4483 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 4484 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 4485 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 4486 4487 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 4488 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15); 4489 return false; 4490 } 4491 4492 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 4493 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88; 4494 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException(); 4495 } 4496 4497 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4498 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 4499 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 4500 if (!FD) 4501 return; 4502 4503 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>(); 4504 if (!Attr) 4505 return; 4506 4507 const char *Kind; 4508 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) { 4509 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break; 4510 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break; 4511 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break; 4512 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break; 4513 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break; 4514 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break; 4515 } 4516 4517 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 4518 4519 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind); 4520 4521 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS) 4522 return; 4523 4524 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface, 4525 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct 4526 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue. 4527 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 4528 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8); 4529 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4530 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 4531 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4532 B)); 4533 } 4534 4535 }; 4536 4537 } 4538 4539 void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 4540 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the 4541 // VFP registers allocated so far. 4542 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive 4543 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is 4544 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers. 4545 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are 4546 // unallocated are marked as unavailable. 4547 resetAllocatedRegs(); 4548 4549 const bool isAAPCS_VFP = 4550 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !FI.isVariadic(); 4551 4552 if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) { 4553 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) 4554 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4555 } else { 4556 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic()); 4557 } 4558 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 4559 unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs; 4560 unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs; 4561 bool IsCPRC = false; 4562 // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers 4563 // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments. 4564 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC); 4565 4566 // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running 4567 // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and 4568 // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the 4569 // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could 4570 // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as 4571 // unusable anyway. 4572 // We do not have to do this if the argument is being passed ByVal, as the 4573 // backend can handle that situation correctly. 4574 const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs; 4575 const bool IsByVal = I.info.isIndirect() && I.info.getIndirectByVal(); 4576 if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs && 4577 StackUsed && !IsByVal) { 4578 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 4579 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs); 4580 if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) { 4581 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */, 0 /* offset */, 4582 PaddingTy, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4583 } else { 4584 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */, 4585 PaddingTy, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4586 } 4587 } 4588 } 4589 4590 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 4591 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4592 return; 4593 4594 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC(); 4595 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4596 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc); 4597 } 4598 4599 /// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use. 4600 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const { 4601 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer. 4602 if (isEABIHF()) 4603 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4604 else if (isEABI()) 4605 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4606 else 4607 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4608 } 4609 4610 /// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use 4611 /// as the C calling convention. 4612 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const { 4613 switch (getABIKind()) { 4614 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4615 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4616 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4617 } 4618 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind"); 4619 } 4620 4621 void ARMABIInfo::setRuntimeCC() { 4622 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C); 4623 4624 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if 4625 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple. 4626 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC(); 4627 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC()) 4628 RuntimeCC = abiCC; 4629 } 4630 4631 /// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and 4632 /// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested. 4633 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, 4634 unsigned NumRequired) const { 4635 // Early Exit. 4636 if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) { 4637 // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on 4638 // the stack. 4639 AllocatedVFPs = 17; 4640 return; 4641 } 4642 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive 4643 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is 4644 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers. 4645 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) { 4646 bool FoundSlot = true; 4647 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++) 4648 if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) { 4649 FoundSlot = false; 4650 break; 4651 } 4652 if (FoundSlot) { 4653 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++) 4654 VFPRegs[J] = 1; 4655 AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired; 4656 return; 4657 } 4658 } 4659 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are 4660 // unallocated are marked as unavailable. 4661 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++) 4662 VFPRegs[I] = 1; 4663 AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers. 4664 } 4665 4666 /// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers 4667 /// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4, 4668 /// this represents arguments being stored on the stack. 4669 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, 4670 unsigned NumRequired) const { 4671 assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes"); 4672 4673 if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1) 4674 AllocatedGPRs += 1; 4675 4676 AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired; 4677 } 4678 4679 void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const { 4680 AllocatedGPRs = 0; 4681 AllocatedVFPs = 0; 4682 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i) 4683 VFPRegs[i] = 0; 4684 } 4685 4686 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic, 4687 bool &IsCPRC) const { 4688 // We update number of allocated VFPs according to 4689 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs: 4690 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted 4691 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type; 4692 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate 4693 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type, 4694 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one 4695 // to four Elements. 4696 4697 const bool isAAPCS_VFP = 4698 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic; 4699 4700 // Handle illegal vector types here. 4701 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 4702 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4703 if (Size <= 32) { 4704 llvm::Type *ResType = 4705 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4706 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4707 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4708 } 4709 if (Size == 64) { 4710 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4711 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 4712 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){ 4713 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2); 4714 } else { 4715 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2); 4716 IsCPRC = true; 4717 } 4718 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4719 } 4720 if (Size == 128) { 4721 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4722 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 4723 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) { 4724 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4); 4725 } else { 4726 markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4); 4727 IsCPRC = true; 4728 } 4729 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4730 } 4731 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4732 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 4733 } 4734 // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types. 4735 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4736 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4737 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4738 // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64. 4739 markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32); 4740 IsCPRC = true; 4741 } 4742 } 4743 // Update VFPRegs for floating point types. 4744 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4745 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4746 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half || 4747 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) { 4748 markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1); 4749 IsCPRC = true; 4750 } 4751 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 4752 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { 4753 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2); 4754 IsCPRC = true; 4755 } 4756 } 4757 } 4758 4759 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 4760 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4761 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 4762 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4763 } 4764 4765 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4766 if (!IsCPRC) 4767 markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32); 4768 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() 4769 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4770 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP)); 4771 } 4772 4773 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 4774 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4775 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 4776 } 4777 4778 // Ignore empty records. 4779 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 4780 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4781 4782 if (isAAPCS_VFP) { 4783 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate 4784 // into VFP registers. 4785 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4786 uint64_t Members = 0; 4787 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 4788 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 4789 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector. 4790 if (Base->isVectorType()) { 4791 // ElementSize is in number of floats. 4792 unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4; 4793 markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize, 4794 Members * ElementSize); 4795 } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) 4796 markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members); 4797 else { 4798 assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 4799 Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)); 4800 markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2); 4801 } 4802 IsCPRC = true; 4803 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4804 } 4805 } 4806 4807 // Support byval for ARM. 4808 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at 4809 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger 4810 // than ABI alignment. 4811 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4; 4812 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4813 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 4814 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 4815 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 4816 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) { 4817 // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the 4818 // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available 4819 // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the 4820 // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled. 4821 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 4); 4822 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, 4823 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 4824 } 4825 4826 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size. 4827 llvm::Type* ElemTy; 4828 unsigned SizeRegs; 4829 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where 4830 // we can. 4831 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) { 4832 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4833 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 4834 markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs); 4835 } else { 4836 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 4837 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64; 4838 markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2); 4839 } 4840 4841 llvm::Type *STy = 4842 llvm::StructType::get(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs), NULL); 4843 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(STy, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4844 } 4845 4846 static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context, 4847 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) { 4848 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure 4849 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and 4850 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero. 4851 4852 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 4853 4854 // Check that the type fits in a word. 4855 if (Size > 32) 4856 return false; 4857 4858 // FIXME: Handle vector types! 4859 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 4860 return false; 4861 4862 // Float types are never treated as "integer like". 4863 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType()) 4864 return false; 4865 4866 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok. 4867 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType()) 4868 return true; 4869 4870 // Small complex integer types are "integer like". 4871 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4872 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext); 4873 4874 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition 4875 // above, but they are not. 4876 4877 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 4878 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 4879 if (!RT) return false; 4880 4881 // Ignore records with flexible arrays. 4882 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 4883 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 4884 return false; 4885 4886 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer 4887 // like". 4888 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4889 4890 bool HadField = false; 4891 unsigned idx = 0; 4892 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 4893 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 4894 const FieldDecl *FD = *i; 4895 4896 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer 4897 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example: 4898 // struct { int : 0; int x } 4899 // is non-integer like according to gcc. 4900 if (FD->isBitField()) { 4901 if (!RD->isUnion()) 4902 HadField = true; 4903 4904 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 4905 return false; 4906 4907 continue; 4908 } 4909 4910 // Check if this field is at offset 0. 4911 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0) 4912 return false; 4913 4914 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 4915 return false; 4916 4917 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the 4918 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an 4919 // empty structure. 4920 if (!RD->isUnion()) { 4921 if (HadField) 4922 return false; 4923 4924 HadField = true; 4925 } 4926 } 4927 4928 return true; 4929 } 4930 4931 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, 4932 bool isVariadic) const { 4933 const bool isAAPCS_VFP = 4934 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic; 4935 4936 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 4937 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4938 4939 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 4940 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) { 4941 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4942 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4943 } 4944 4945 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 4946 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4947 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 4948 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4949 4950 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() 4951 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4952 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP)); 4953 } 4954 4955 // Are we following APCS? 4956 if (getABIKind() == APCS) { 4957 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false)) 4958 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4959 4960 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers. 4961 // 4962 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them 4963 // correctly. 4964 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 4965 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get( 4966 getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy))); 4967 4968 // Integer like structures are returned in r0. 4969 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) { 4970 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 4971 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4972 if (Size <= 8) 4973 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 4974 if (Size <= 16) 4975 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 4976 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 4977 } 4978 4979 // Otherwise return in memory. 4980 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4981 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4982 } 4983 4984 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant. 4985 4986 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 4987 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4988 4989 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP. 4990 if (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4991 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4992 uint64_t Members; 4993 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) { 4994 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 4995 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly. 4996 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4997 } 4998 } 4999 5000 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 5001 // are returned indirectly. 5002 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 5003 if (Size <= 32) { 5004 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) 5005 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4) 5006 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 0, 5007 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 5008 5009 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 5010 if (Size <= 8) 5011 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()), 0, 5012 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 5013 if (Size <= 16) 5014 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()), 0, 5015 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 5016 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 0, 5017 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 5018 } 5019 5020 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 5021 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5022 } 5023 5024 /// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type. 5025 bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 5026 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 5027 // Check whether VT is legal. 5028 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 5029 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 5030 // NumElements should be power of 2. 5031 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0) 5032 return true; 5033 // Size should be greater than 32 bits. 5034 return Size <= 32; 5035 } 5036 return false; 5037 } 5038 5039 bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { 5040 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float, 5041 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors. 5042 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 5043 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || 5044 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 5045 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) 5046 return true; 5047 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 5048 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 5049 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128) 5050 return true; 5051 } 5052 return false; 5053 } 5054 5055 bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base, 5056 uint64_t Members) const { 5057 return Members <= 4; 5058 } 5059 5060 llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5061 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5062 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 5063 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 5064 5065 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 5066 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 5067 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 5068 5069 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 5070 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 5071 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5072 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5073 } 5074 5075 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 5076 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 5077 bool IsIndirect = false; 5078 5079 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for 5080 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte. 5081 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 5082 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 5083 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 5084 else 5085 TyAlign = 4; 5086 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes. 5087 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) { 5088 IsIndirect = true; 5089 Size = 4; 5090 TyAlign = 4; 5091 } 5092 5093 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes. 5094 if (TyAlign > 4) { 5095 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 && 5096 "Alignment is not power of 2!"); 5097 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty); 5098 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1)); 5099 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1))); 5100 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align"); 5101 } 5102 5103 uint64_t Offset = 5104 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4); 5105 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 5106 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 5107 "ap.next"); 5108 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 5109 5110 if (IsIndirect) 5111 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP)); 5112 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) { 5113 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur 5114 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned 5115 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary 5116 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater 5117 // than the ABI alignment. 5118 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy(); 5119 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty); 5120 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty), 5121 "var.align"); 5122 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy); 5123 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy); 5124 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src, 5125 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()), 5126 TyAlign, false); 5127 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location. 5128 } 5129 llvm::Type *PTy = 5130 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5131 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5132 5133 return AddrTyped; 5134 } 5135 5136 namespace { 5137 5138 class NaClARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5139 public: 5140 NaClARMABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 5141 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, Kind) {} 5142 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5143 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5144 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5145 private: 5146 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv. 5147 ARMABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else. 5148 }; 5149 5150 class NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5151 public: 5152 NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 5153 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClARMABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 5154 }; 5155 5156 } 5157 5158 void NaClARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5159 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall) 5160 PInfo.computeInfo(FI); 5161 else 5162 static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).computeInfo(FI); 5163 } 5164 5165 llvm::Value *NaClARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5166 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5167 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions 5168 // is unsupported. 5169 return static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 5170 } 5171 5172 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5173 // NVPTX ABI Implementation 5174 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5175 5176 namespace { 5177 5178 class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5179 public: 5180 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5181 5182 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5183 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 5184 5185 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5186 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5187 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override; 5188 }; 5189 5190 class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5191 public: 5192 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5193 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5194 5195 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5196 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5197 private: 5198 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the 5199 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode. 5200 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand); 5201 }; 5202 5203 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5204 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5205 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5206 5207 // note: this is different from default ABI 5208 if (!RetTy->isScalarType()) 5209 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5210 5211 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5212 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5213 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5214 5215 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5216 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5217 } 5218 5219 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5220 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5221 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5222 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5223 5224 // Return aggregates type as indirect by value 5225 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 5226 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /* byval */ true); 5227 5228 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5229 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5230 } 5231 5232 void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5233 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5234 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5235 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5236 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5237 5238 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 5239 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 5240 return; 5241 5242 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC()); 5243 } 5244 5245 llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5246 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const { 5247 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs"); 5248 } 5249 5250 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo:: 5251 SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5252 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{ 5253 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5254 if (!FD) return; 5255 5256 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5257 5258 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode 5259 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5260 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions 5261 // By default, all functions are device functions 5262 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 5263 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata 5264 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 5265 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 5266 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining 5267 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5268 } 5269 } 5270 5271 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode. 5272 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5273 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since 5274 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not 5275 // need to set the noinline attribute. 5276 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) { 5277 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 5278 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 5279 } 5280 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) { 5281 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node 5282 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", 5283 FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads()); 5284 // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a 5285 // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in 5286 // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we 5287 // don't have to add a PTX directive. 5288 int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks(); 5289 if (MinCTASM > 0) { 5290 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node 5291 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM); 5292 } 5293 } 5294 } 5295 } 5296 5297 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, 5298 int Operand) { 5299 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent(); 5300 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext(); 5301 5302 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node 5303 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations"); 5304 5305 llvm::Value *MDVals[] = { 5306 F, llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name), 5307 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand)}; 5308 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations 5309 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 5310 } 5311 } 5312 5313 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5314 // SystemZ ABI Implementation 5315 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5316 5317 namespace { 5318 5319 class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5320 public: 5321 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5322 5323 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const; 5324 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const; 5325 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 5326 5327 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5328 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const; 5329 5330 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 5331 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5332 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5333 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5334 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5335 } 5336 5337 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5338 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5339 }; 5340 5341 class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5342 public: 5343 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5344 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5345 }; 5346 5347 } 5348 5349 bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const { 5350 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5351 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5352 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5353 5354 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 5355 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 5356 return true; 5357 5358 // 32-bit values must also be promoted. 5359 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5360 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5361 case BuiltinType::Int: 5362 case BuiltinType::UInt: 5363 return true; 5364 default: 5365 return false; 5366 } 5367 return false; 5368 } 5369 5370 bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const { 5371 return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty); 5372 } 5373 5374 bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5375 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5376 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5377 case BuiltinType::Float: 5378 case BuiltinType::Double: 5379 return true; 5380 default: 5381 return false; 5382 } 5383 5384 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) { 5385 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5386 bool Found = false; 5387 5388 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 5389 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 5390 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 5391 QualType Base = I.getType(); 5392 5393 // Empty bases don't affect things either way. 5394 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true)) 5395 continue; 5396 5397 if (Found) 5398 return false; 5399 Found = isFPArgumentType(Base); 5400 if (!Found) 5401 return false; 5402 } 5403 5404 // Check the fields. 5405 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 5406 // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way. 5407 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields 5408 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized. 5409 if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 5410 return true; 5411 5412 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count. 5413 // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though. 5414 if (Found) 5415 return false; 5416 Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType()); 5417 if (!Found) 5418 return false; 5419 } 5420 5421 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed. 5422 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double. 5423 return Found; 5424 } 5425 5426 return false; 5427 } 5428 5429 llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5430 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5431 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 5432 // struct { 5433 // i64 __gpr; 5434 // i64 __fpr; 5435 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area; 5436 // i8 *__reg_save_area; 5437 // }; 5438 5439 // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either 5440 // GPRs or FPRs. 5441 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 5442 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 5443 bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty); 5444 5445 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 5446 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect(); 5447 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize; 5448 if (IsIndirect) { 5449 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy); 5450 UnpaddedBitSize = 64; 5451 } else 5452 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5453 unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64; 5454 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size."); 5455 5456 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8; 5457 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8; 5458 5459 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding; 5460 if (InFPRs) { 5461 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments 5462 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr 5463 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0 5464 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR 5465 } else { 5466 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments 5467 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr 5468 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2 5469 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR 5470 } 5471 5472 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr = 5473 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr"); 5474 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count"); 5475 llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType(); 5476 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs); 5477 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV, 5478 "fits_in_regs"); 5479 5480 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 5481 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 5482 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 5483 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 5484 5485 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 5486 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 5487 5488 // Work out the address of an argument register. 5489 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize); 5490 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount = 5491 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count"); 5492 llvm::Value *RegBase = 5493 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding); 5494 llvm::Value *RegOffset = 5495 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset"); 5496 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr = 5497 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr"); 5498 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea = 5499 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area"); 5500 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr = 5501 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr"); 5502 llvm::Value *RegAddr = 5503 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr"); 5504 5505 // Update the register count 5506 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1); 5507 llvm::Value *NewRegCount = 5508 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count"); 5509 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr); 5510 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5511 5512 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 5513 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 5514 5515 // Work out the address of a stack argument. 5516 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr = 5517 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr"); 5518 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea = 5519 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"); 5520 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding); 5521 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr = 5522 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr"); 5523 llvm::Value *MemAddr = 5524 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr"); 5525 5526 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer 5527 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea = 5528 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area"); 5529 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr); 5530 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5531 5532 // Return the appropriate result. 5533 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 5534 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr"); 5535 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 5536 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); 5537 5538 if (IsIndirect) 5539 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg"); 5540 5541 return ResAddr; 5542 } 5543 5544 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5545 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5546 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5547 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 5548 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5549 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ? 5550 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5551 } 5552 5553 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5554 // Handle the generic C++ ABI. 5555 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 5556 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5557 5558 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width. 5559 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty)) 5560 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5561 5562 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly. 5563 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5564 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64) 5565 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5566 5567 // Handle small structures. 5568 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5569 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really 5570 // fail the size test above. 5571 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5572 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 5573 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5574 5575 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double. 5576 llvm::Type *PassTy; 5577 if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) { 5578 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64); 5579 if (Size == 32) 5580 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 5581 else 5582 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 5583 } else 5584 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 5585 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy); 5586 } 5587 5588 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly. 5589 if (isCompoundType(Ty)) 5590 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5591 5592 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr); 5593 } 5594 5595 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5596 // MSP430 ABI Implementation 5597 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5598 5599 namespace { 5600 5601 class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5602 public: 5603 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5604 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5605 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5606 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5607 }; 5608 5609 } 5610 5611 void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 5612 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5613 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5614 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 5615 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) { 5616 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute: 5617 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5618 5619 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention. 5620 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR); 5621 5622 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness. 5623 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5624 5625 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias. 5626 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2; 5627 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage, 5628 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F); 5629 } 5630 } 5631 } 5632 5633 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5634 // MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and 5635 // big-endian variants. 5636 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5637 5638 namespace { 5639 class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5640 bool IsO32; 5641 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes; 5642 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, 5643 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const; 5644 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const; 5645 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const; 5646 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const; 5647 public: 5648 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) : 5649 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8), 5650 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {} 5651 5652 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5653 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const; 5654 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5655 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5656 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5657 }; 5658 5659 class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5660 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException; 5661 public: 5662 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32) 5663 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)), 5664 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {} 5665 5666 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5667 return 29; 5668 } 5669 5670 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5671 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5672 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5673 if (!FD) return; 5674 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5675 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) { 5676 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16"); 5677 } 5678 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) { 5679 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16"); 5680 } 5681 } 5682 5683 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5684 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 5685 5686 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 5687 return SizeOfUnwindException; 5688 } 5689 }; 5690 } 5691 5692 void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, 5693 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const { 5694 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = 5695 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5696 5697 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy. 5698 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N) 5699 ArgList.push_back(IntTy); 5700 5701 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList. 5702 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5703 5704 if (R) 5705 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R)); 5706 } 5707 5708 // In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in 5709 // a register. 5710 llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const { 5711 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList; 5712 5713 if (IsO32) { 5714 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 5715 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5716 } 5717 5718 if (Ty->isComplexType()) 5719 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 5720 5721 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 5722 5723 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers. 5724 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5725 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 5726 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5727 } 5728 5729 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5730 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5731 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8."); 5732 5733 uint64_t LastOffset = 0; 5734 unsigned idx = 0; 5735 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64); 5736 5737 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned 5738 // double fields. 5739 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5740 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 5741 const QualType Ty = i->getType(); 5742 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5743 5744 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double) 5745 continue; 5746 5747 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 5748 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned. 5749 continue; 5750 5751 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64. 5752 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j) 5753 ArgList.push_back(I64); 5754 5755 // Add double type. 5756 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext())); 5757 LastOffset = Offset + 64; 5758 } 5759 5760 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList); 5761 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end()); 5762 5763 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5764 } 5765 5766 llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset, 5767 uint64_t Offset) const { 5768 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset) 5769 return nullptr; 5770 5771 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8); 5772 } 5773 5774 ABIArgInfo 5775 MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const { 5776 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset; 5777 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5778 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 5779 5780 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes), 5781 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes); 5782 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align); 5783 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8; 5784 5785 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) { 5786 // Ignore empty aggregates. 5787 if (TySize == 0) 5788 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5789 5790 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 5791 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 5792 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5793 } 5794 5795 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to 5796 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the 5797 // aggregate is unaligned. 5798 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo = 5799 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0, 5800 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 5801 ArgInfo.setInReg(true); 5802 return ArgInfo; 5803 } 5804 5805 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5806 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5807 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5808 5809 // All integral types are promoted to the GPR width. 5810 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 5811 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5812 5813 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect( 5814 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 5815 } 5816 5817 llvm::Type* 5818 MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const { 5819 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5820 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList; 5821 5822 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5823 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5824 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5825 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount(); 5826 5827 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the 5828 // following conditions are met: 5829 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit. 5830 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating 5831 // point types. 5832 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does). 5833 // 5834 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers. 5835 // 5836 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) { 5837 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5838 for (; b != e; ++b) { 5839 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5840 5841 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint()) 5842 break; 5843 5844 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType())); 5845 } 5846 5847 if (b == e) 5848 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList, 5849 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()); 5850 5851 RTList.clear(); 5852 } 5853 } 5854 5855 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList); 5856 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList); 5857 } 5858 5859 ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5860 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 5861 5862 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5863 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5864 5865 // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs. 5866 // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values. 5867 if (!IsO32 && Size == 0) 5868 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5869 5870 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) { 5871 if (Size <= 128) { 5872 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 5873 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5874 5875 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small 5876 // aggregates in registers. 5877 if (!IsO32 || 5878 (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) { 5879 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo = 5880 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size)); 5881 ArgInfo.setInReg(true); 5882 return ArgInfo; 5883 } 5884 } 5885 5886 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5887 } 5888 5889 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5890 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5891 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5892 5893 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5894 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5895 } 5896 5897 void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5898 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo(); 5899 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5900 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5901 5902 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument. 5903 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0; 5904 5905 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5906 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset); 5907 } 5908 5909 llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5910 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5911 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 5912 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 5913 5914 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 5915 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 5916 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 5917 int64_t TypeAlign = 5918 std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes); 5919 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5920 llvm::Value *AddrTyped; 5921 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0); 5922 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty; 5923 5924 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) { 5925 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy); 5926 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1); 5927 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign); 5928 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc); 5929 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask); 5930 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy); 5931 } 5932 else 5933 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5934 5935 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP); 5936 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes); 5937 uint64_t Offset = 5938 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, TypeAlign); 5939 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 5940 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset), 5941 "ap.next"); 5942 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 5943 5944 return AddrTyped; 5945 } 5946 5947 bool 5948 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5949 llvm::Value *Address) const { 5950 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to 5951 // as canonical as it gets. 5952 5953 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers 5954 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers. 5955 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 5956 5957 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31. 5958 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31. 5959 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo. 5960 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return. 5961 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65); 5962 5963 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7. 5964 // They are one bit wide and ignored here. 5965 5966 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31. 5967 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit) 5968 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31. 5969 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31. 5970 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers. 5971 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181); 5972 return false; 5973 } 5974 5975 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5976 // TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults. 5977 // Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute 5978 // handling. 5979 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5980 5981 namespace { 5982 5983 class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 5984 public: 5985 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5986 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 5987 5988 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5989 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5990 }; 5991 5992 void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 5993 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5994 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5995 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5996 if (!FD) return; 5997 5998 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5999 6000 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6001 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6002 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining 6003 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 6004 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>(); 6005 if (Attr) { 6006 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata. 6007 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext(); 6008 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata = 6009 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info"); 6010 6011 SmallVector<llvm::Value*, 5> Operands; 6012 Operands.push_back(F); 6013 6014 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 6015 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))); 6016 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 6017 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))); 6018 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 6019 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))); 6020 6021 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false) 6022 // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently 6023 // always true as the hint is not yet implemented. 6024 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)); 6025 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands)); 6026 } 6027 } 6028 } 6029 } 6030 6031 } 6032 6033 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6034 // Hexagon ABI Implementation 6035 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6036 6037 namespace { 6038 6039 class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 6040 6041 6042 public: 6043 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 6044 6045 private: 6046 6047 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 6048 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 6049 6050 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 6051 6052 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6053 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 6054 }; 6055 6056 class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6057 public: 6058 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6059 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6060 6061 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 6062 return 29; 6063 } 6064 }; 6065 6066 } 6067 6068 void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 6069 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 6070 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 6071 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 6072 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 6073 } 6074 6075 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 6076 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 6077 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 6078 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 6079 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6080 6081 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 6082 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 6083 } 6084 6085 // Ignore empty records. 6086 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 6087 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6088 6089 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 6090 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 6091 6092 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 6093 if (Size > 64) 6094 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); 6095 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type. 6096 else if (Size > 32) 6097 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 6098 else if (Size > 16) 6099 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 6100 else if (Size > 8) 6101 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 6102 else 6103 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 6104 } 6105 6106 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 6107 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 6108 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6109 6110 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 6111 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 6112 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 6113 6114 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 6115 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 6116 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 6117 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6118 6119 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 6120 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 6121 } 6122 6123 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 6124 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6125 6126 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 6127 // are returned indirectly. 6128 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 6129 if (Size <= 64) { 6130 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 6131 if (Size <= 8) 6132 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 6133 if (Size <= 16) 6134 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 6135 if (Size <= 32) 6136 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 6137 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 6138 } 6139 6140 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); 6141 } 6142 6143 llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6144 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6145 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment 6146 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 6147 6148 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6149 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 6150 "ap"); 6151 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 6152 llvm::Type *PTy = 6153 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 6154 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 6155 6156 uint64_t Offset = 6157 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4); 6158 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 6159 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 6160 "ap.next"); 6161 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6162 6163 return AddrTyped; 6164 } 6165 6166 6167 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6168 // SPARC v9 ABI Implementation. 6169 // Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1. 6170 // 6171 // Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to 6172 // registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in 6173 // the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly. 6174 // 6175 // One case requires special care: 6176 // 6177 // struct mixed { 6178 // int i; 6179 // float f; 6180 // }; 6181 // 6182 // When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the 6183 // parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float 6184 // is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments 6185 // with the LLVM IR inreg attribute: 6186 // 6187 // declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f) 6188 // 6189 // The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for 6190 // the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8 6191 // bytes. 6192 // 6193 namespace { 6194 class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 6195 public: 6196 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 6197 6198 private: 6199 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const; 6200 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 6201 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6202 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 6203 6204 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type 6205 // serves two purposes: 6206 // 6207 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned' 6208 // in registers. 6209 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the 6210 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers. 6211 // 6212 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains 6213 // aligned 32-bit floats. 6214 // 6215 struct CoerceBuilder { 6216 llvm::LLVMContext &Context; 6217 const llvm::DataLayout &DL; 6218 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems; 6219 uint64_t Size; 6220 bool InReg; 6221 6222 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl) 6223 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {} 6224 6225 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize. 6226 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) { 6227 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements"); 6228 if (ToSize == Size) 6229 return; 6230 6231 // Finish the current 64-bit word. 6232 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64); 6233 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) { 6234 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size)); 6235 Size = Aligned; 6236 } 6237 6238 // Add whole 64-bit words. 6239 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) { 6240 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context)); 6241 Size += 64; 6242 } 6243 6244 // Final in-word padding. 6245 if (Size < ToSize) { 6246 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size)); 6247 Size = ToSize; 6248 } 6249 } 6250 6251 // Add a floating point element at Offset. 6252 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) { 6253 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers. 6254 if (Offset % Bits) 6255 return; 6256 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits. 6257 if (Bits < 64) 6258 InReg = true; 6259 pad(Offset); 6260 Elems.push_back(Ty); 6261 Size = Offset + Bits; 6262 } 6263 6264 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits). 6265 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) { 6266 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy); 6267 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { 6268 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i); 6269 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i); 6270 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) { 6271 case llvm::Type::StructTyID: 6272 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy)); 6273 break; 6274 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID: 6275 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32); 6276 break; 6277 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID: 6278 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64); 6279 break; 6280 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID: 6281 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128); 6282 break; 6283 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID: 6284 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) { 6285 pad(ElemOffset); 6286 Elems.push_back(ElemTy); 6287 Size += 64; 6288 } 6289 break; 6290 default: 6291 break; 6292 } 6293 } 6294 } 6295 6296 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type. 6297 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const { 6298 if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size()) 6299 return false; 6300 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i) 6301 if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i)) 6302 return false; 6303 return true; 6304 } 6305 6306 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type. 6307 llvm::Type *getType() const { 6308 if (Elems.size() == 1) 6309 return Elems.front(); 6310 else 6311 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems); 6312 } 6313 }; 6314 }; 6315 } // end anonymous namespace 6316 6317 ABIArgInfo 6318 SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const { 6319 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 6320 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6321 6322 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 6323 6324 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect 6325 // pointer / sret pointer. 6326 if (Size > SizeLimit) 6327 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 6328 6329 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 6330 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 6331 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6332 6333 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended. 6334 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType()) 6335 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 6336 6337 // Other non-aggregates go in registers. 6338 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 6339 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6340 6341 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial 6342 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer. 6343 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 6344 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 6345 6346 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers. 6347 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type. 6348 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)); 6349 if (!StrTy) 6350 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6351 6352 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout()); 6353 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy); 6354 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64)); 6355 6356 // Try to use the original type for coercion. 6357 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType(); 6358 6359 if (CB.InReg) 6360 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy); 6361 else 6362 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 6363 } 6364 6365 llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6366 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6367 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8); 6368 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6369 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6370 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6371 6372 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 6373 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6374 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 6375 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 6376 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6377 llvm::Value *ArgAddr; 6378 unsigned Stride; 6379 6380 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6381 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6382 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6383 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6384 6385 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6386 Stride = 8; 6387 ArgAddr = Builder 6388 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy), 6389 "extend"); 6390 break; 6391 6392 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6393 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6394 ArgAddr = Addr; 6395 break; 6396 6397 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6398 Stride = 8; 6399 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, 6400 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy), 6401 "indirect"); 6402 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg"); 6403 break; 6404 6405 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6406 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy); 6407 } 6408 6409 // Update VAList. 6410 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next"); 6411 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6412 6413 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr"); 6414 } 6415 6416 void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 6417 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8); 6418 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 6419 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8); 6420 } 6421 6422 namespace { 6423 class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6424 public: 6425 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6426 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6427 6428 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 6429 return 14; 6430 } 6431 6432 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6433 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 6434 }; 6435 } // end anonymous namespace 6436 6437 bool 6438 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6439 llvm::Value *Address) const { 6440 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 6441 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 6442 6443 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6444 6445 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 6446 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 6447 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 6448 6449 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers 6450 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 6451 6452 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers 6453 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63); 6454 6455 // Y = 64 6456 // PSR = 65 6457 // WIM = 66 6458 // TBR = 67 6459 // PC = 68 6460 // NPC = 69 6461 // FSR = 70 6462 // CSR = 71 6463 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71); 6464 6465 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers 6466 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87); 6467 6468 return false; 6469 } 6470 6471 6472 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6473 // XCore ABI Implementation 6474 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6475 6476 namespace { 6477 6478 /// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing 6479 /// it by reference between functions that append to it. 6480 typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc; 6481 6482 /// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types. 6483 /// 6484 /// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold: 6485 /// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses; 6486 /// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion. 6487 /// 6488 /// A cache Entry can have a Status of: 6489 /// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive; 6490 /// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive; 6491 /// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString; 6492 /// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a 6493 /// Recursive type encoding. 6494 /// 6495 /// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully 6496 /// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type 6497 /// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever 6498 /// the type is encountered. 6499 /// 6500 /// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as 6501 /// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which 6502 /// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion 6503 /// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses 6504 /// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types. 6505 /// 6506 /// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its 6507 /// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and 6508 /// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and 6509 /// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion 6510 /// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed. 6511 /// 6512 /// During the expansion of a RecordType's members: 6513 /// 6514 /// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the 6515 /// cached encoding is used; 6516 /// 6517 /// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the 6518 /// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and... 6519 /// 6520 /// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the 6521 /// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member; 6522 /// 6523 /// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete 6524 /// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out 6525 /// it is swapped back in; 6526 /// 6527 /// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete 6528 /// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many 6529 /// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount; 6530 /// 6531 /// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz: 6532 /// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache. 6533 /// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has 6534 /// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member. 6535 /// 6536 class TypeStringCache { 6537 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed}; 6538 struct Entry { 6539 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type. 6540 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'. 6541 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding 6542 // during the expansion of RecordType's members. 6543 }; 6544 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map; 6545 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map. 6546 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map. 6547 public: 6548 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {}; 6549 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc); 6550 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6551 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6552 bool IsRecursive); 6553 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6554 }; 6555 6556 /// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order. 6557 /// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process. 6558 class FieldEncoding { 6559 bool HasName; 6560 std::string Enc; 6561 public: 6562 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {}; 6563 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();}; 6564 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const { 6565 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName; 6566 return Enc < rhs.Enc; 6567 } 6568 }; 6569 6570 class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 6571 public: 6572 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} 6573 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6574 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 6575 }; 6576 6577 class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6578 mutable TypeStringCache TSC; 6579 public: 6580 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6581 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6582 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6583 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 6584 }; 6585 6586 } // End anonymous namespace. 6587 6588 llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6589 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6590 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6591 6592 // Get the VAList. 6593 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, 6594 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy); 6595 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP); 6596 6597 // Handle the argument. 6598 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 6599 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6600 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6601 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6602 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6603 llvm::Value *Val; 6604 uint64_t ArgSize = 0; 6605 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6606 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6607 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6608 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6609 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6610 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy); 6611 ArgSize = 0; 6612 break; 6613 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6614 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6615 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy); 6616 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6617 if (ArgSize < 4) 6618 ArgSize = 4; 6619 break; 6620 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6621 llvm::Value *ArgAddr; 6622 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy)); 6623 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr); 6624 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy); 6625 ArgSize = 4; 6626 break; 6627 } 6628 6629 // Increment the VAList. 6630 if (ArgSize) { 6631 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize); 6632 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6633 } 6634 return Val; 6635 } 6636 6637 /// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed 6638 /// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion. 6639 /// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will 6640 /// be reinserted by removeIncomplete(). 6641 /// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here. 6642 void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, 6643 std::string StubEnc) { 6644 if (!ID) 6645 return; 6646 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6647 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) && 6648 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete"); 6649 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()"); 6650 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive 6651 E.Str.swap(StubEnc); 6652 E.State = Incomplete; 6653 ++IncompleteCount; 6654 } 6655 6656 /// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString 6657 /// must be removed from the cache. 6658 /// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced. 6659 /// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively. 6660 bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6661 if (!ID) 6662 return false; 6663 auto I = Map.find(ID); 6664 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present"); 6665 Entry &E = I->second; 6666 assert( (E.State == Incomplete || 6667 E.State == IncompleteUsed) && 6668 "Entry must be an incomplete type"); 6669 bool IsRecursive = false; 6670 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) { 6671 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive. 6672 IsRecursive = true; 6673 --IncompleteUsedCount; 6674 } 6675 if (E.Swapped.empty()) 6676 Map.erase(I); 6677 else { 6678 // Swap the Recursive back. 6679 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); 6680 E.Swapped.clear(); 6681 E.State = Recursive; 6682 } 6683 --IncompleteCount; 6684 return IsRecursive; 6685 } 6686 6687 /// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or 6688 /// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible). 6689 void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6690 bool IsRecursive) { 6691 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount) 6692 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add. 6693 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6694 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) { 6695 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() && 6696 "This is not the same Recursive entry"); 6697 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used 6698 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when 6699 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0. 6700 return; 6701 } 6702 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present"); 6703 E.Str = Str.str(); 6704 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive; 6705 } 6706 6707 /// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we 6708 /// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached 6709 /// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef. 6710 StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6711 if (!ID) 6712 return StringRef(); // We have no key. 6713 auto I = Map.find(ID); 6714 if (I == Map.end()) 6715 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding. 6716 Entry &E = I->second; 6717 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount) 6718 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types. 6719 6720 if (E.State == Incomplete) { 6721 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion. 6722 E.State = IncompleteUsed; 6723 ++IncompleteUsedCount; 6724 } 6725 return E.Str.c_str(); 6726 } 6727 6728 /// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol 6729 /// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify 6730 /// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al. 6731 /// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings. 6732 /// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global 6733 /// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables. 6734 /// 6735 /// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details. 6736 /// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details: 6737 /// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf> 6738 /// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c. 6739 /// 6740 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 6741 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC); 6742 6743 /// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols. 6744 void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6745 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 6746 SmallStringEnc Enc; 6747 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) { 6748 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext(); 6749 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 2> MDVals; 6750 MDVals.push_back(GV); 6751 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str())); 6752 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = 6753 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings"); 6754 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 6755 } 6756 } 6757 6758 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 6759 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6760 TypeStringCache &TSC); 6761 6762 /// Helper function for appendRecordType(). 6763 /// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order. 6764 static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE, 6765 const RecordDecl *RD, 6766 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6767 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6768 for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) { 6769 SmallStringEnc Enc; 6770 Enc += "m("; 6771 Enc += Field->getName(); 6772 Enc += "){"; 6773 if (Field->isBitField()) { 6774 Enc += "b("; 6775 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc); 6776 OS.resync(); 6777 OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext()); 6778 OS.flush(); 6779 Enc += ':'; 6780 } 6781 if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC)) 6782 return false; 6783 if (Field->isBitField()) 6784 Enc += ')'; 6785 Enc += '}'; 6786 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc)); 6787 } 6788 return true; 6789 } 6790 6791 /// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache. 6792 /// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field. 6793 /// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI. 6794 static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT, 6795 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6796 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6797 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 6798 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 6799 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 6800 Enc += TypeString; 6801 return true; 6802 } 6803 6804 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString. 6805 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 6806 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's'); 6807 Enc += '('; 6808 if (ID) 6809 Enc += ID->getName(); 6810 Enc += "){"; 6811 6812 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary. 6813 bool IsRecursive = false; 6814 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition(); 6815 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) { 6816 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType 6817 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a 6818 // complete TypeString for this RecordType. 6819 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 6820 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str()); 6821 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString. 6822 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc)); 6823 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) { 6824 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 6825 return false; 6826 } 6827 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 6828 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures. 6829 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm. 6830 if (RT->isUnionType()) 6831 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 6832 // We can now complete the TypeString. 6833 unsigned E = FE.size(); 6834 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 6835 if (I) 6836 Enc += ','; 6837 Enc += FE[I].str(); 6838 } 6839 } 6840 Enc += '}'; 6841 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive); 6842 return true; 6843 } 6844 6845 /// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache. 6846 static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET, 6847 TypeStringCache &TSC, 6848 const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6849 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 6850 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 6851 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 6852 Enc += TypeString; 6853 return true; 6854 } 6855 6856 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 6857 Enc += "e("; 6858 if (ID) 6859 Enc += ID->getName(); 6860 Enc += "){"; 6861 6862 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically. 6863 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) { 6864 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 6865 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E; 6866 ++I) { 6867 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc; 6868 EnumEnc += "m("; 6869 EnumEnc += I->getName(); 6870 EnumEnc += "){"; 6871 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc); 6872 EnumEnc += '}'; 6873 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc)); 6874 } 6875 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 6876 unsigned E = FE.size(); 6877 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 6878 if (I) 6879 Enc += ','; 6880 Enc += FE[I].str(); 6881 } 6882 } 6883 Enc += '}'; 6884 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false); 6885 return true; 6886 } 6887 6888 /// Appends type's qualifier to Enc. 6889 /// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding. 6890 static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) { 6891 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order. 6892 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"}; 6893 int Lookup = 0; 6894 if (QT.isConstQualified()) 6895 Lookup += 1<<0; 6896 if (QT.isRestrictQualified()) 6897 Lookup += 1<<1; 6898 if (QT.isVolatileQualified()) 6899 Lookup += 1<<2; 6900 Enc += Table[Lookup]; 6901 } 6902 6903 /// Appends built-in types to Enc. 6904 static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) { 6905 const char *EncType; 6906 switch (BT->getKind()) { 6907 case BuiltinType::Void: 6908 EncType = "0"; 6909 break; 6910 case BuiltinType::Bool: 6911 EncType = "b"; 6912 break; 6913 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 6914 EncType = "uc"; 6915 break; 6916 case BuiltinType::UChar: 6917 EncType = "uc"; 6918 break; 6919 case BuiltinType::SChar: 6920 EncType = "sc"; 6921 break; 6922 case BuiltinType::UShort: 6923 EncType = "us"; 6924 break; 6925 case BuiltinType::Short: 6926 EncType = "ss"; 6927 break; 6928 case BuiltinType::UInt: 6929 EncType = "ui"; 6930 break; 6931 case BuiltinType::Int: 6932 EncType = "si"; 6933 break; 6934 case BuiltinType::ULong: 6935 EncType = "ul"; 6936 break; 6937 case BuiltinType::Long: 6938 EncType = "sl"; 6939 break; 6940 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 6941 EncType = "ull"; 6942 break; 6943 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 6944 EncType = "sll"; 6945 break; 6946 case BuiltinType::Float: 6947 EncType = "ft"; 6948 break; 6949 case BuiltinType::Double: 6950 EncType = "d"; 6951 break; 6952 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 6953 EncType = "ld"; 6954 break; 6955 default: 6956 return false; 6957 } 6958 Enc += EncType; 6959 return true; 6960 } 6961 6962 /// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee. 6963 static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT, 6964 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6965 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6966 Enc += "p("; 6967 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC)) 6968 return false; 6969 Enc += ')'; 6970 return true; 6971 } 6972 6973 /// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element. 6974 static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT, 6975 const ArrayType *AT, 6976 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6977 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) { 6978 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal) 6979 return false; 6980 Enc += "a("; 6981 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 6982 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc); 6983 else 6984 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "". 6985 Enc += ':'; 6986 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6987 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 6988 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC)) 6989 return false; 6990 Enc += ')'; 6991 return true; 6992 } 6993 6994 /// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type 6995 /// and the arguments. 6996 static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT, 6997 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6998 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6999 Enc += "f{"; 7000 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC)) 7001 return false; 7002 Enc += "}("; 7003 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7004 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types. 7005 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin(); 7006 auto E = FPT->param_type_end(); 7007 if (I != E) { 7008 do { 7009 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC)) 7010 return false; 7011 ++I; 7012 if (I != E) 7013 Enc += ','; 7014 } while (I != E); 7015 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 7016 Enc += ",va"; 7017 } else { 7018 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 7019 Enc += "va"; 7020 else 7021 Enc += '0'; 7022 } 7023 } 7024 Enc += ')'; 7025 return true; 7026 } 7027 7028 /// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific 7029 /// type encodings. 7030 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 7031 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 7032 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 7033 7034 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType(); 7035 7036 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) 7037 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 7038 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 7039 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, ""); 7040 7041 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 7042 7043 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 7044 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT); 7045 7046 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>()) 7047 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC); 7048 7049 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>()) 7050 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 7051 7052 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType()) 7053 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 7054 7055 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType()) 7056 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 7057 7058 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>()) 7059 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC); 7060 7061 return false; 7062 } 7063 7064 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 7065 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) { 7066 if (!D) 7067 return false; 7068 7069 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7070 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 7071 return false; 7072 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC); 7073 } 7074 7075 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7076 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 7077 return false; 7078 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType(); 7079 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) { 7080 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown. 7081 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 7082 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 7083 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*"); 7084 } 7085 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC); 7086 } 7087 return false; 7088 } 7089 7090 7091 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7092 // Driver code 7093 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7094 7095 const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const { 7096 return getTarget().getTriple(); 7097 } 7098 7099 bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const { 7100 return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO(); 7101 } 7102 7103 const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() { 7104 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo) 7105 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo; 7106 7107 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple(); 7108 switch (Triple.getArch()) { 7109 default: 7110 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7111 7112 case llvm::Triple::le32: 7113 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7114 case llvm::Triple::mips: 7115 case llvm::Triple::mipsel: 7116 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true)); 7117 7118 case llvm::Triple::mips64: 7119 case llvm::Triple::mips64el: 7120 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false)); 7121 7122 case llvm::Triple::aarch64: 7123 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: { 7124 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS; 7125 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs") 7126 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS; 7127 7128 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 7129 } 7130 7131 case llvm::Triple::arm: 7132 case llvm::Triple::armeb: 7133 case llvm::Triple::thumb: 7134 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb: 7135 { 7136 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS; 7137 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu") 7138 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS; 7139 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" || 7140 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" && 7141 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF)) 7142 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP; 7143 7144 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 7145 case llvm::Triple::NaCl: 7146 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7147 new NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 7148 default: 7149 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7150 new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 7151 } 7152 } 7153 7154 case llvm::Triple::ppc: 7155 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7156 case llvm::Triple::ppc64: 7157 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) { 7158 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; 7159 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2") 7160 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; 7161 7162 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7163 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 7164 } else 7165 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7166 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: { 7167 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!"); 7168 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; 7169 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1") 7170 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; 7171 7172 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7173 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 7174 } 7175 7176 case llvm::Triple::nvptx: 7177 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64: 7178 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7179 7180 case llvm::Triple::msp430: 7181 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7182 7183 case llvm::Triple::systemz: 7184 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7185 7186 case llvm::Triple::tce: 7187 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7188 7189 case llvm::Triple::x86: { 7190 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin(); 7191 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI = 7192 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts); 7193 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isWindowsMSVCEnvironment(); 7194 7195 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) { 7196 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7197 new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 7198 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI, 7199 IsWin32FloatStructABI, 7200 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 7201 } else { 7202 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7203 new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 7204 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI, 7205 IsWin32FloatStructABI, 7206 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 7207 } 7208 } 7209 7210 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: { 7211 bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx"; 7212 7213 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 7214 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 7215 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7216 new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX)); 7217 case llvm::Triple::NaCl: 7218 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7219 new NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX)); 7220 default: 7221 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7222 new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX)); 7223 } 7224 } 7225 case llvm::Triple::hexagon: 7226 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7227 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9: 7228 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7229 case llvm::Triple::xcore: 7230 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7231 } 7232 } 7233